1 #LyX 1.6.0alpha1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_inset Newline newline
135 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
162 LatexCommand tableofcontents
169 \begin_layout Chapter
173 \begin_layout Section
177 \begin_layout Standard
178 LyX is a document preparation system.
179 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
180 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
181 It is unlike most other
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
191 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
230 \begin_layout Standard
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
244 the format of all of the manuals.
245 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
246 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 \begin_layout Section
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
270 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
271 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
273 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
295 \begin_layout Standard
296 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
297 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
298 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
300 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
301 only a vertical scrollbar.
302 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
303 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
304 This, however, is due
305 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
306 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
307 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
308 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
310 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
311 this doesn't work for equations yet.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
323 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
328 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
329 ing sections of this documentation.
332 \begin_layout Section
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
350 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
354 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
363 without resorting to configuration files.
364 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
365 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
366 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
381 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
382 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
383 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
384 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Reconfiguration of LyX
399 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
402 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
406 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
413 \begin_layout Standard
414 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
415 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
438 that will be created when using the menu
440 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
460 \begin_inset Note Note
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
472 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
473 More on ERT is described in section
478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Standard
641 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
642 a few minor differences.
645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
660 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
661 you for a template to use.
662 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
663 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
664 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
672 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
679 \begin_layout Standard
681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
704 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
705 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
708 \begin_layout Standard
729 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
734 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
759 will reload the document from disk.
760 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
761 and want to restore it to the last save.
770 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
771 can identify this as your changes.
774 \begin_layout Section
775 Basic Editing Features
779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
788 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
797 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
798 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
799 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
801 We'll start with cut and paste.
804 \begin_layout Standard
805 As you might expect, the
809 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
810 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
832 \begin_layout Itemize
842 \begin_layout Itemize
852 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 The first three are self-explanatory.
868 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
869 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
878 keys also functions as the
883 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
884 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
889 to get back the lost text.
892 \begin_layout Standard
896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
902 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
911 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
914 \begin_layout Standard
917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
922 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
933 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
939 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
948 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
949 will start a new paragraph.
952 \begin_layout Standard
956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1003 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1006 \begin_inset Space ~
1015 \begin_inset Space ~
1020 button to skip the current word.
1024 \begin_inset Space ~
1029 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1033 \begin_inset Space ~
1038 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1040 If the toggle is set, searching for
1041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1052 will not match the word
1053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1067 Match whole words only
1069 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1098 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1099 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1101 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1106 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1113 \begin_layout Section
1118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1137 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1146 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1152 to undo some mistake.
1153 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1173 it was last saved, the
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1182 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1185 \begin_layout Standard
1194 work on almost everything in LyX.
1195 They have some quirks, too.
1204 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1205 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1213 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1214 surely appreciate how it works.
1217 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1235 \begin_layout Enumerate
1240 \begin_layout Itemize
1245 once anywhere in the edit window.
1246 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1250 \begin_layout Enumerate
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1261 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1267 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 \begin_layout Enumerate
1281 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1290 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1291 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1292 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1296 \begin_layout Enumerate
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1306 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1315 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1334 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1336 LyX's default is CUA.
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1343 \begin_inset Space ~
1351 \begin_inset Space ~
1372 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1376 \begin_layout Labeling
1377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1381 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1382 LatexCommand nomenclature
1384 description "Tabulator key"
1390 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1391 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1392 \begin_inset Space ~
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1398 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1405 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1409 , especially section
1410 \begin_inset Space ~
1414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1416 reference "sub:Lists"
1422 If you're still confused, look in the
1429 \begin_layout Labeling
1430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1435 LatexCommand nomenclature
1437 description "Escape key"
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1451 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1452 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1455 \begin_layout Labeling
1456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1462 \begin_inset Space ~
1466 \begin_inset Space ~
1473 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1474 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 There are three modifier keys:
1482 \begin_layout Labeling
1483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1502 LatexCommand nomenclature
1504 description "Control key"
1508 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1509 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1513 \begin_layout Itemize
1522 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1525 \begin_layout Itemize
1534 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1537 \begin_layout Itemize
1546 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1550 \begin_layout Labeling
1551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1570 LatexCommand nomenclature
1572 description "Shift key"
1576 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1577 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1580 \begin_layout Labeling
1581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1600 LatexCommand nomenclature
1602 description "Meta or Alt key"
1606 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1607 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1608 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1614 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1616 menu accelerator keys
1619 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1620 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1624 \begin_layout Standard
1625 For example, the sequence
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1632 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1642 \begin_inset Space ~
1650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1673 \begin_inset Space ~
1679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690 There are also other things bound to the
1694 key, but you'll have to check in the
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1708 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1709 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1710 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1711 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1712 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1713 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1729 followed by a capital
1735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1753 \begin_layout Chapter
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Section
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Subsection
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1786 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1787 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1788 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1789 numbering schemes, and so on.
1790 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1791 and format the title of your document differently.
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1799 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1800 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1801 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1802 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1803 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1807 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1808 how to adjust their properties.
1811 \begin_layout Subsection
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1825 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1836 \begin_layout Standard
1837 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1841 \begin_layout Description
1842 Article for basic articles
1845 \begin_layout Description
1846 Report for basic reports
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Book for writing a book
1853 \begin_layout Description
1854 Letter for US-style letters
1857 \begin_layout Standard
1858 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1860 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1861 can be found in chapter
1863 Special Document Classes
1872 \begin_layout Description
1873 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1876 \begin_layout Description
1883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1892 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1896 \begin_layout Description
1897 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1898 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1899 There are three article layouts available.
1900 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1901 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1902 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1903 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1908 sequential numbering
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1912 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1913 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1914 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1915 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1918 \begin_layout Description
1919 Beamer Layout for presentations
1922 \begin_layout Description
1923 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1924 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1928 \begin_layout Description
1930 \begin_inset Space ~
1933 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1936 \begin_layout Description
1937 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1940 \begin_layout Description
1943 Die TeXnische Komödie
1945 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1948 \begin_layout Description
1949 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1952 \begin_layout Description
1953 Foils Used to make transparencies
1956 \begin_layout Description
1957 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1962 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1966 \begin_layout Description
1967 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1968 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1979 \begin_layout Description
1980 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1981 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1984 \begin_layout Description
1985 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1988 \begin_layout Description
1993 LaTeX document class
1996 \begin_layout Description
1997 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2000 \begin_layout Description
2005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2012 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2013 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2015 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2018 \begin_layout Description
2019 Slides Used to make transparencies
2022 \begin_layout Description
2024 \begin_inset Space ~
2027 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2028 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2031 \begin_layout Description
2032 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2035 \begin_layout Description
2040 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2044 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2046 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2051 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2052 of the document classes.
2055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2059 \begin_layout Standard
2060 You can select a class using the
2062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2076 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2085 Each class has a default set of options.
2086 Here's a quick table describing them:
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2090 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2098 \begin_inset Tabular
2099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2566 \begin_layout Standard
2567 You're probably also wondering what
2568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2572 \begin_inset Space ~
2576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2580 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2581 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2586 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2591 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2601 headings, there are also
2609 headings, and so on.
2610 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2611 \begin_inset Space ~
2615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2617 reference "sub:Headings"
2624 \begin_layout Subsection
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2638 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2671 \begin_inset Space ~
2676 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2678 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2679 to use for your document.
2680 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2688 \begin_inset Space ~
2697 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2698 You can choose between the following five options:
2701 \begin_layout Labeling
2702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2707 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2710 \begin_layout Labeling
2711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2716 No page numbers or headings.
2719 \begin_layout Labeling
2720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 \begin_layout Labeling
2729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2734 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2735 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2736 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2739 \begin_layout Labeling
2740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2745 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2753 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2761 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2762 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2764 Check the documentation for the
2768 package for more details,
2769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2783 of paragraphs is described in section
2784 \begin_inset Space ~
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2790 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2797 \begin_layout Subsection
2798 Paper Size and Orientation
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Document ! Paper size
2809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2811 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 You'll find the following options in the menu
2822 \begin_inset Space ~
2827 of the dialog of the
2829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Labeling
2848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2853 What size paper to print on.
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2863 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Itemize
2903 \begin_layout Labeling
2904 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2909 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2920 \begin_layout Labeling
2921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2925 \begin_inset Space ~
2930 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2931 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2934 \begin_layout Subsection
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 \begin_layout Standard
2966 Paper margins are set in the menu
2968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2988 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2989 the paper format and the font size into account.
2992 \begin_layout Subsection
2996 \begin_layout Standard
2997 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3002 That includes the paragraph environments.
3003 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3004 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3005 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3006 paragraph environments to
3010 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3011 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3012 the conversion and why it failed.
3015 \begin_layout Section
3016 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 Paragraph ! Indentation
3029 \begin_layout Subsection
3031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3033 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3042 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3047 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3048 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3049 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3053 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3059 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3060 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3061 language than English.
3062 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3066 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3067 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3069 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3070 LyX takes care of that.
3071 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3073 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3074 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3075 of a page, and so on.
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3085 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3086 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3090 of these pre-coded spacings.
3091 We'll explain more later.
3094 \begin_layout Subsection
3095 Paragraph Separation
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3100 Paragraph ! Separation
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 To separate paragraphs, select
3120 \begin_inset Space ~
3127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3141 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3142 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3157 \begin_inset Space ~
3161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3163 reference "cap:Units"
3168 The default length is 30
3169 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3175 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_layout Standard
3180 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3185 \begin_inset Space ~
3190 dialog and toggle the
3193 \begin_inset Space ~
3198 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3199 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3200 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3204 \begin_layout Standard
3205 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3206 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3209 \begin_layout Subsection
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3242 \begin_inset Space ~
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3266 installed to use this feature.
3274 \begin_layout Section
3275 Paragraph Environments
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 Paragraph ! Environments
3286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3288 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 Paragraph environments|(
3305 \begin_layout Subsection
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3310 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3313 \begin_layout Standard
3332 \begin_inset Newline newline
3335 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3336 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3337 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3346 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3350 A paragraph environment is simply a
3351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3358 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3359 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3360 scheme, labels, and so on.
3361 Additionally, you can
3362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3369 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3370 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3371 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3372 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3373 days of typewriters.
3374 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3376 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3379 \begin_layout Standard
3380 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3382 LyX will change the environment of the
3386 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3387 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3388 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3392 \begin_layout Standard
3401 create a new paragraph using the
3405 paragraph environment.
3407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3414 because if you are in one of these environments:
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3423 \begin_layout Itemize
3429 \begin_layout Itemize
3435 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 \begin_layout Itemize
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3460 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3464 , rather than resetting it to
3469 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3470 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3471 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3472 \begin_inset Space ~
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3478 reference "sec:Nesting"
3483 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3488 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3489 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3497 \begin_layout Subsection
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3502 The default paragraph environment is
3507 It creates a plain paragraph.
3508 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3509 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3510 this manual) are in the
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 You can nest a paragraph using the
3522 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3530 \begin_layout Subsection
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_layout Standard
3545 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3554 for thanks or contact information.
3555 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3556 page along with today's date.
3557 For other types of documents, the title
3558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3565 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3584 Here's how you use them:
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the title of your document in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 Put the author name in the
3603 \begin_layout Itemize
3604 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3605 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3611 Note that using this environment is optional.
3612 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3613 If you don't want any date, add the line
3614 \begin_inset Newline newline
3624 \begin_inset Newline newline
3627 to the preamble of your document (menu
3629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 You can use footnotes to insert
3637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3644 or contact informations.
3647 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3670 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Section headings ! Numbered
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Enumerate
3728 \begin_layout Enumerate
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3736 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3737 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3742 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3743 You group the book into chapters.
3744 LyX does similar grouping:
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 is divided in either
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Itemize
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 Not all document types use the
3834 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3839 is the top-level heading.
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3852 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3853 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3855 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Enumerate
3910 \begin_layout Enumerate
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3925 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3926 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3927 table of contents, see section
3928 \begin_inset Space ~
3932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3942 Changing the Numbering
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3954 in the Table of Contents.
3955 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3957 Certain classes start with
3971 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3981 This is something you can change.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4007 \begin_inset Space ~
4011 \begin_inset Space ~
4016 you'll see two counters.
4021 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4023 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4028 Short Titles of Headings
4032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4033 Section headings ! Short titles
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4051 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4060 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4061 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4062 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4067 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4068 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4069 To specify a short title, use the menu
4071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset Space ~
4079 This will insert a box labeled
4080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4095 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4096 This also works for captions inside floats.
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4100 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The following information applies to all section headings:
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4116 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4146 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4147 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4148 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4149 the text they contain.
4150 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4158 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4171 when you start a new paragraph.
4172 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4176 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4177 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4178 to change back to the
4182 environment yourself.
4185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4216 time for the differences.
4225 are identical except for one difference:
4229 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4238 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 Here's an example of the
4255 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4257 See -- no indentation!
4261 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4262 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4263 the other paragraph.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4267 Here's another example, this time in the
4274 \begin_layout Quotation
4280 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4281 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4282 the first line, then
4286 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4290 you were quoting other text.
4293 \begin_layout Quotation
4294 Here's a new paragraph.
4295 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4296 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 As the examples show,
4304 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4305 They should put quotes in the
4310 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4314 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4359 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4365 \begin_inset Newline newline
4368 Which I did not rehearse!
4372 It could be much worse.
4373 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4375 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4376 indented a bit more than the first.
4377 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4383 \begin_inset Newline newline
4386 And make things look fine
4387 \begin_inset Newline newline
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4402 does not indent both margins.
4403 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4404 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4415 \begin_layout Subsection
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4447 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4456 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4457 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4458 some general features of all four of them.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4465 \begin_layout Standard
4466 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4468 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4477 reset the environment to
4481 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4482 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4483 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4488 to break paragraphs.
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4493 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4495 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4496 you read all of section
4497 \begin_inset Space ~
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4503 reference "sec:Nesting"
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4541 paragraph environment.
4542 It has the following properties:
4545 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4550 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4555 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4559 \begin_layout Itemize
4560 The items can have any length.
4561 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4562 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4569 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 environment inside another
4578 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4583 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 \begin_inset Space ~
4596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4598 reference "sec:Nesting"
4602 for a full explanation of nesting.
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4616 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4619 \begin_layout Standard
4620 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4621 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4622 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4625 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 The label for the first level
4630 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 The label for the second level is a dash.
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4649 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 Back out to the third level.
4654 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 Back to the second level.
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4660 Back to the outermost level.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 These are the default labels for an
4669 You can customize these labels in the
4671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 dialog in the submenu
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4695 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4697 \begin_inset Space ~
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4703 reference "sec:Nesting"
4710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4728 name "sec:Enumerate"
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4740 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4741 It has these properties:
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4755 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4758 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 environment resets the counter to one.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4779 \begin_layout Enumerate
4780 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4781 Items can have any length.
4784 \begin_layout Enumerate
4785 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4788 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4792 \begin_layout Enumerate
4793 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4806 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4807 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4814 \begin_layout Enumerate
4815 The first level of an
4819 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4823 \begin_layout Enumerate
4824 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4828 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4833 \begin_layout Enumerate
4834 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4837 \begin_layout Enumerate
4838 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Back to the third level
4848 \begin_layout Enumerate
4849 Back to the second level.
4853 \begin_layout Enumerate
4854 Back to the outermost level.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4863 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4868 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4873 There is more to nesting
4877 environments than we've stated here.
4878 You should read section
4879 \begin_inset Space ~
4883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4885 reference "sec:Nesting"
4889 to learn more about nesting.
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4910 name "sec:Description-List"
4917 \begin_layout Standard
4918 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4922 list has no fixed label.
4923 Instead, LyX uses the first
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4931 of the first line as the label.
4935 \begin_layout Description
4936 Example: This is an example of the
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 it is meant that the first hit of the
4961 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4963 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4977 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 \begin_inset Space ~
4987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4993 for more info.) Here is an example:
4996 \begin_layout Description
4998 \begin_inset Space ~
5001 Example: This one shows how to use a
5004 \begin_inset Space ~
5016 \begin_layout Description
5017 Usage: You should use the
5021 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5022 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5024 It's not a good idea to use a
5028 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5029 You're better off using
5041 paragraphs into them.
5044 \begin_layout Description
5045 Nesting: You can nest
5049 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5055 them from the first line.
5058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5088 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5101 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5102 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5105 \begin_layout Labeling
5106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5108 \begin_inset Space ~
5111 labels LyX uses the first
5112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 of each line as the item label.
5124 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5125 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5126 blank as described above.
5129 \begin_layout Labeling
5130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5131 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5132 the body of the item text.
5133 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5134 label width plus a little extra space.
5138 \begin_layout Labeling
5139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5141 \begin_inset Space ~
5144 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5146 If the label width is larger, the label
5147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5154 into the first line.
5155 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5156 margin of the rest of the item text.
5159 \begin_layout Labeling
5160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5162 \begin_inset Space ~
5165 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5170 environment have the same left margin.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5179 \begin_inset Space ~
5188 \begin_inset Space ~
5193 determines the default label width.
5194 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5203 multiple times instead.
5204 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5213 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5216 \begin_inset Space ~
5221 every time you alter a label in a
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 The predefined default width is the length of
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5239 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5251 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5252 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5265 environment the same way like the
5269 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5275 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5284 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5286 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5288 \begin_inset Space ~
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5294 reference "sec:Nesting"
5298 to learn about nesting.
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 There is yet another feature of the
5306 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5308 You can use additional
5312 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5318 \begin_inset Space ~
5322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5324 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5329 Here are some examples:
5332 \begin_layout Labeling
5333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5334 Left The default for
5341 \begin_layout Labeling
5342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5343 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5350 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5353 \begin_layout Labeling
5354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5355 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5359 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5366 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5369 \begin_layout Subsection
5374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5391 \begin_inset Space ~
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5400 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5408 \begin_inset Space ~
5414 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5415 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5416 In contrast, you can use the
5423 \begin_inset Space ~
5428 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5429 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 Of course, you're not limited to using
5441 \begin_inset Space ~
5450 \begin_inset Space ~
5455 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5456 some European academic papers.
5459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5463 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5475 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5476 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5480 \begin_inset Space ~
5485 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5486 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5487 Here's an example of each:
5490 \begin_layout Right Address
5492 \begin_inset Newline newline
5496 \begin_inset Newline newline
5500 \begin_inset Newline newline
5503 When is it? What is today?
5506 \begin_layout Standard
5510 \begin_inset Space ~
5516 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5517 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5518 Here's an example of the
5525 \begin_layout Address
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 Where do I send this
5531 \begin_inset Newline newline
5534 Your post office and country
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 As you can see, both
5545 \begin_inset Space ~
5550 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5555 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5561 This makes sense, since
5569 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5570 Thus, you have to use
5581 \begin_inset Space ~
5584 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset Space ~
5595 menu) to start a new line in an
5602 \begin_inset Space ~
5610 \begin_layout Subsection
5614 \begin_layout Standard
5615 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5616 or list of references.
5617 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5641 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5642 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5643 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5644 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5648 in anything else or vice versa.
5654 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5655 The book document classes ignores the
5659 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5663 in a letter document class.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5671 environment does several things for you.
5672 First, it puts the centered label
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5681 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5683 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5684 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5685 the subsequent text.
5686 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5687 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5696 The new paragraph will still be in the
5701 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5702 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 \begin_inset Float figure
5711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 \begin_inset Graphics
5714 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5724 \begin_inset Caption
5726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5729 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5755 environment, but since this document is in the
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 class, we can't do this.
5764 We inserted it therefore as figure
5765 \begin_inset Space ~
5769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5771 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5776 If you've never heard of an
5777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5784 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5805 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5817 environment is used to list references.
5818 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5819 only use it at the end of the document.
5824 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5828 When you first open a
5832 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5848 depending on the document class.
5849 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5850 Each paragraph of the
5854 environment is a bibliography entry.
5859 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5860 Each new paragraph is still in the
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5870 \begin_inset Space ~
5874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5883 \begin_layout Subsection
5890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5891 Paragraph ! LyX code
5897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environment is another LyX extension.
5912 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5917 key as a fixed whitespace;
5921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5933 \begin_inset Space ~
5938 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5943 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5944 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5962 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5963 So, when you finish using the
5967 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5968 Also, you can nest the
5972 environment inside of others.
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5976 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5979 \begin_layout Itemize
5984 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5996 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 \begin_layout Itemize
6014 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6021 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6032 You must put at least one
6036 in any line you want blank.
6037 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6040 \begin_layout Itemize
6041 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6045 since that will insert
6050 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6058 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6065 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6069 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6082 printf("Hello World!
6087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 This is just the standard
6097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6114 rc-files, and so on.
6115 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6116 as if you used a typewriter.
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6121 Paragraph environments|)
6129 \begin_layout Section
6130 Nesting Environments
6134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6135 Nesting ! Environments
6141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6150 \begin_layout Subsection
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6157 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6159 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6161 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6173 \begin_layout Enumerate
6177 \begin_layout Enumerate
6182 \begin_layout Enumerate
6186 \begin_layout Enumerate
6191 \begin_layout Enumerate
6195 \begin_layout Standard
6196 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6197 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6200 \begin_inset Space ~
6204 \begin_inset Space ~
6212 \begin_inset Space ~
6216 \begin_inset Space ~
6225 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6226 will tell you how far you are nested).
6227 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6228 \begin_inset Graphics
6229 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6235 \begin_inset Graphics
6236 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6241 or the convenient key bindings
6249 to change the nesting level.
6250 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6251 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6257 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6258 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6259 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6264 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6266 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6269 \begin_layout Subsection
6270 What You Can and Can't Nest
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6274 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6275 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6280 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6281 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6284 \begin_layout Itemize
6285 Completely unnestable
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6290 other things inside of them.
6293 \begin_layout Itemize
6294 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6300 environments have them:
6303 \begin_layout Description
6304 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6305 Can't nest into them.
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6355 \begin_layout Itemize
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6391 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6416 \begin_layout Description
6418 \begin_inset Space ~
6421 Nestable You can nest them.
6422 You can nest other things into them.
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6462 \begin_layout Itemize
6468 \begin_layout Itemize
6475 \begin_layout Description
6476 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6477 You can't nest anything into them.
6481 \begin_layout Itemize
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_inset Space ~
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6509 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6513 \begin_inset Space ~
6521 \begin_inset Space ~
6529 \begin_layout Subsection
6530 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6543 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6552 affected by nesting anyhow.
6556 \begin_layout Itemize
6560 \begin_layout Itemize
6564 \begin_layout Itemize
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 If you put a figure or a table in a
6582 , this is no longer true.
6587 Have a look at section
6588 \begin_inset Space ~
6592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6594 reference "sec:Floats"
6598 for more informations about
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6607 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6620 of its own, it behaves just like a
6621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6628 paragraph environment.
6629 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6633 \begin_layout Standard
6634 Here's an example with a table:
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 This is (a) and it's nested.
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6656 \begin_inset Tabular
6657 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 \begin_layout Standard
6745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6772 This is (a) and it's nested.
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6785 \begin_inset Tabular
6786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Standard
6874 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6887 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6902 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6910 \begin_layout Enumerate
6911 This is (a) and it's nested.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6923 \begin_inset Tabular
6924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7028 \begin_layout Enumerate
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7039 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7040 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7044 \begin_layout Subsection
7045 Usage and General Features
7046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7048 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7056 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7065 is the innermost possible depth.
7066 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 level #1 - outermost
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7105 both of them in the example.
7106 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7116 For example, if we tried to nest another
7121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7131 \begin_layout Subsection
7136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7147 We have several examples of nested environments.
7148 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7153 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7156 \begin_layout Labeling
7157 \labelwidthstring MMM
7158 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7167 \begin_layout Labeling
7168 \labelwidthstring MMM
7169 #2-a This is level #2.
7170 We created it by using
7182 \begin_layout Labeling
7183 \labelwidthstring MMM
7184 #3-a This is level #3.
7185 This time, we just hit
7194 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7212 environment, nested inside of
7213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7221 So, it's at level #4.
7222 We did this by hitting
7230 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7235 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7256 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #4-a This is level #4.
7270 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7275 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7279 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7284 keep nesting things inside of
7285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7296 \begin_layout Labeling
7297 \labelwidthstring MMM
7298 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7303 \begin_layout Labeling
7304 \labelwidthstring MMM
7305 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7306 and this is level #6.
7307 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #5-b Back to level #5.
7326 \begin_layout Labeling
7327 \labelwidthstring MMM
7336 , we're back at level #4.
7340 \begin_layout Labeling
7341 \labelwidthstring MMM
7342 #3-b Back to level #3.
7343 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7347 \begin_layout Labeling
7348 \labelwidthstring MMM
7349 #2-b Back to level #2.
7354 \begin_layout Labeling
7355 \labelwidthstring MMM
7356 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7357 After this sentence, we'll hit
7361 and change the paragraph environment back to
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 We could have also used the
7385 environment in place of the
7390 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7394 Example 2: Inheritance
7397 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7398 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7401 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7411 , after which, we'll change to the
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7424 environment, at level #2.
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 Notice how the nested
7432 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7436 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 We ended this example by hitting
7446 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7450 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7458 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7480 This is level #1, in an
7484 paragraph environment.
7485 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7489 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 Now, what happens if we nest an
7504 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7505 label be? An asterisk?
7509 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7520 So, its label is a bullet.
7521 (We got here by using
7529 , then changing the environment to
7537 \begin_layout Itemize
7538 Here's level #4, produced using
7547 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7553 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7555 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7560 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7564 , because we are in the
7588 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7594 type of numbering does LyX use?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7602 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7605 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 to decrease the depth after the next
7618 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7624 \begin_layout Enumerate
7626 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7627 numeral as the label.Why?
7630 \begin_layout Enumerate
7631 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7640 Notice, however, that LyX
7644 reset the counter for the label.
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7658 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7659 into the twofold-nested
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 The same thing happens if we do another
7676 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7685 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7699 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7705 The same rule applies for the
7709 environment, as well.
7712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7713 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7716 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7718 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7719 same detail with how we did it.
7728 \begin_layout Standard
7731 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7733 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7734 example in parentheses someplace.
7735 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7736 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7737 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7741 \begin_layout Enumerate
7746 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7751 Now we'll add verse.
7752 \begin_inset Newline newline
7755 It will get much worse.
7756 \begin_inset Newline newline
7761 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7767 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7768 \begin_inset Newline newline
7771 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7772 \begin_inset Newline newline
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset Tabular
7795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7890 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 : level #1) This is another item.
7902 Note that selecting a
7906 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7907 3 times to put the table inside the
7915 \begin_layout Quotation
7916 We're now ending the
7920 list and changing to
7925 We're still at level #1.
7926 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7927 The next set of paragraphs is a
7928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7942 \begin_inset Space ~
7947 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7951 for the letter body.
7956 to preserve the depth.
7957 Remember that you need to use
7961 to create multiple lines inside the
7968 \begin_inset Space ~
7978 \begin_layout Right Address
7980 \begin_inset Newline newline
7983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7984 \begin_inset Newline newline
7990 \begin_layout Address
7992 \begin_inset Space ~
7998 \begin_layout Quotation
7999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8000 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8007 as soon as possible.
8008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8011 \begin_layout Quotation
8012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8014 with your order, along with payment.
8017 \begin_layout Quotation
8018 We thank you again for your patience.
8021 \begin_layout Address
8023 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 \begin_layout Quotation
8031 That ends that example!
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8036 just a few keystrokes.
8037 We could have easily nested an
8058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8061 \begin_layout Section
8062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8079 be broken at the end of a line.
8080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8112 Further documentation is given in section
8113 \begin_inset Newline newline
8117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 A protected space is set with
8154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8159 \begin_inset Space ~
8173 \begin_layout Subsection
8175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8177 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8186 Spacing ! Horizontal
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 The length units are listed in Appendix
8203 \begin_inset Space ~
8207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8220 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8243 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8246 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8247 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8248 \begin_inset Space ~
8252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8254 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8259 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8260 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8271 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8307 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8308 inside abbreviations:
8313 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8317 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8318 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8322 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 or between values and units.
8330 Compare for example this:
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8335 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8346 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8349 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8367 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8378 \begin_layout Description
8380 \begin_inset Space ~
8384 \begin_inset Space ~
8388 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8392 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8402 \begin_layout Description
8404 \begin_inset Space ~
8408 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8412 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8416 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8420 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8424 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8427 em) space between the arrows.
8430 \begin_layout Description
8432 \begin_inset Space ~
8436 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8440 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8444 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8448 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8452 \begin_inset Space ~
8456 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8459 em) space between the arrows.
8462 \begin_layout Description
8464 \begin_inset Space ~
8468 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8476 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8480 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8484 \begin_inset Space ~
8488 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8491 em) space between the arrows.
8494 \begin_layout Description
8496 \begin_inset Space ~
8500 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8504 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8509 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8513 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8516 cm space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset Space ~
8525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8527 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8531 lists the different space sizes.
8534 \begin_layout Standard
8535 \begin_inset Float table
8540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_inset Caption
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8547 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8551 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 \begin_inset Tabular
8562 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8605 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8629 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8748 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8761 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8802 in a uniform fashion.
8803 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8804 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8805 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8806 equally between themselves.
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8816 This is on the left side
8817 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8820 This is on the right
8826 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8830 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8839 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8843 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8847 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 That was an example in the
8860 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8864 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8868 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8871 is one in a standard paragraph.
8872 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8876 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8881 Here's an example with the
8888 \begin_layout Labeling
8889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8891 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8899 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8903 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 marks the beginning of the item.
8919 (There is actually a
8920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 hfill inside of the label of the
8931 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8940 situations, like two-column mode.
8943 \begin_layout Standard
8944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8956 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8957 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8958 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8962 option in the space dialog.
8970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8985 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8987 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8994 What is correct English?:
8995 \begin_inset Newline newline
8999 \begin_inset Newline newline
9003 \begin_inset Space ~
9006 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9007 \begin_inset Newline newline
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_inset Newline newline
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Space ~
9059 \begin_inset Space ~
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9074 In our case write the command
9081 (note the space after
9082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9090 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9091 That is why it is named
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9104 There exists also the commands
9116 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9117 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9120 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9132 \begin_layout Subsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset Space ~
9165 There you find the following sizes:
9168 \begin_layout Standard
9181 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9186 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 for the paragraph separation.
9202 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9213 \begin_layout Standard
9222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9228 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9229 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9231 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9232 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9241 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9250 s are described in section
9251 \begin_inset Space ~
9255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9257 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9266 If there are several
9270 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9271 You can therefore use
9275 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9283 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9284 \begin_inset Space ~
9288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9309 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9321 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9326 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9332 There are four possibilities:
9335 \begin_layout Itemize
9341 \begin_layout Itemize
9347 \begin_layout Itemize
9353 \begin_layout Itemize
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9362 the left and right margins.
9363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9368 This paragraph is right aligned,
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9373 this one is centered,
9376 \begin_layout Standard
9378 this one is left aligned.
9381 \begin_layout Subsection
9386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9395 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9404 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9406 Only if you use many
9410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9419 have to change the pagebreaking.
9422 \begin_layout Standard
9423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
9427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9430 \begin_inset Space ~
9436 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
9437 that it fills out the complete page.
9438 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9439 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9440 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9452 For more about ERT see section
9453 \begin_inset Space ~
9457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9469 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
9470 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
9474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 normally one uses simply
9487 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
9488 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9492 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9493 at the top of a page.
9494 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9495 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9496 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9497 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9501 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9516 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9534 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9535 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9536 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9537 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9538 if necessary by adding pages.
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9545 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9547 \begin_inset Space ~
9553 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9558 \begin_inset Space ~
9562 \begin_inset Space ~
9567 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9568 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9571 \begin_layout Subsection
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9585 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9592 \begin_layout Standard
9593 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9595 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 \begin_inset Space ~
9610 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
9611 whole space between the page margins.
9612 This is necessary to avoid
9613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9620 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9621 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
9633 The syntax is similar tho the command
9639 , described in the previous section.
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9643 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9644 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9645 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9646 set a linebreak, e.g.
9647 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9648 \begin_inset Space ~
9652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9654 reference "sec:Quote"
9659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9661 reference "sec:Verse"
9666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9668 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9675 \begin_layout Subsection
9677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9679 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9696 \begin_layout Standard
9701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9702 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9704 \begin_inset Space ~
9709 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9715 \begin_layout Section
9716 Fonts and Text Styles
9717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9719 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9726 \begin_layout Subsection
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9740 \begin_layout Standard
9741 There are two types of fonts:
9744 \begin_layout Description
9746 \begin_inset Space ~
9753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9760 characters) in the font.
9761 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9762 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9763 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9764 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9765 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9766 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9767 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9768 provide a good image.
9769 \begin_inset Newline newline
9772 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9773 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9774 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9775 sizes than at small ones.
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_inset Space ~
9798 \begin_layout Description
9800 \begin_inset Space ~
9807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9814 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9815 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9816 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9817 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9818 picture manipulation program.
9819 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9820 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9821 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9822 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9823 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9825 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9826 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9827 \begin_inset Newline newline
9830 Bitmap fonts are named
9833 \begin_inset Space ~
9838 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9843 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9844 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9845 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9849 \begin_layout Standard
9850 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9851 its document properties.
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9855 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9856 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9857 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9858 font to emphasize text, you use an
9859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9867 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9868 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9872 \begin_layout Subsection
9873 Document Font and Font size
9874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9876 name "sub:Document-Font"
9884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 You can set the document fonts in the
9906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9920 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9921 font shapes roman (serif),
9924 \begin_inset Space ~
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9937 The possible options for the font include
9941 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9946 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9968 European Computer Modern
9971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9991 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9996 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9999 \begin_inset Space ~
10004 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10010 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10011 There are three ways to use one:
10014 \begin_layout Itemize
10015 One way is to use the
10025 Virtual means that it
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10037 -glyphs from other fonts.
10038 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 Loading the LaTeX-package
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10074 with the document preamble line
10077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10086 will fix the guillemet problem.
10091 and that accented characters are not
10095 glyph, they are build of
10099 characters, the accent and the letter.
10100 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10104 fonts for words with accented characters.
10105 If you search for example for the French word
10106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10113 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10122 and not for the glyph
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Space ~
10131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10137 \begin_layout Itemize
10138 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10151 , consists of these three main font types
10154 \begin_inset Space ~
10175 \begin_inset Space ~
10185 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10189 \begin_inset Space ~
10196 as typewriter font.
10197 \begin_inset Newline newline
10200 The differences between roman,
10203 \begin_inset Space ~
10212 fonts are explained in section
10213 \begin_inset Space ~
10217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10219 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10224 \begin_inset Newline newline
10230 \begin_inset Space ~
10235 was originally designed for newspapers.
10236 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10237 into the small newspaper columns.
10241 \begin_inset Space ~
10246 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10249 \begin_layout Itemize
10250 The best solution is to use the
10255 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10266 For the font size there are four possible values:
10283 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10286 \begin_layout Standard
10287 The font sizes are the
10292 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10293 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10294 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10297 \begin_inset Space ~
10303 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10304 \begin_inset Space ~
10308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10310 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10317 \begin_layout Standard
10318 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10322 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10330 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10334 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10335 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10336 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10338 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10341 dialog, see section
10342 \begin_inset Space ~
10346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10348 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10360 \begin_layout Subsection
10361 Using Different Character Styles
10365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10385 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10386 certain paragraph environments.
10387 LyX supports two character styles,
10396 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10405 style, do one of the following:
10408 \begin_layout Itemize
10409 click on the toolbar button
10410 \begin_inset Graphics
10411 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10419 \begin_layout Itemize
10423 \begin_inset Space ~
10429 \begin_layout Standard
10430 These commands are all toggles.
10435 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10438 \begin_layout Standard
10439 One typically uses the
10443 style for proper names.
10445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10452 is the original author of LyX.
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 A more widely used character style is the
10465 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10472 \begin_layout Itemize
10473 clicking on the toolbar button
10474 \begin_inset Graphics
10475 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10483 \begin_layout Itemize
10484 using the keybindings
10487 \begin_inset Space ~
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10498 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10499 es use a different font.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 We've been using the
10507 style all over the place in this document.
10508 Here's one more example:
10511 \begin_layout Quotation
10514 Don't overuse character styles!
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10518 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10519 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10520 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10521 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10525 \begin_layout Standard
10526 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10529 \begin_inset Space ~
10536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10538 \begin_inset Space ~
10546 \begin_layout Subsection
10547 Fine-Tuning with the
10552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10554 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10573 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10574 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10575 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10576 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10577 from ordinary dialog.
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10582 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10583 \begin_inset Newline newline
10586 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10587 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10590 \begin_layout Standard
10591 To use custom character styles, open the
10593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_inset Space ~
10601 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10602 font property which you can choose.
10603 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10606 \begin_inset Space ~
10611 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10616 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10617 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10618 environments in a snap.
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10625 \begin_inset Space ~
10637 \begin_layout Labeling
10638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10652 The possible options are:
10656 \begin_layout Labeling
10657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10662 This is the Roman font family.
10663 Normally a serif font.
10664 It's also the default family.
10669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10681 \begin_inset Space ~
10690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10698 \begin_inset Note Note
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10703 It is explained in section
10704 \begin_inset Space ~
10708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10710 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10722 \begin_layout Labeling
10723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10727 \begin_inset Space ~
10734 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10753 \begin_inset Space ~
10762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 \begin_layout Labeling
10773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10780 This is the Typewriter font family.
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10799 \begin_inset Space ~
10808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10821 \begin_layout Labeling
10822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10827 This corresponds to the print weight.
10832 \begin_layout Labeling
10833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10838 This is the Medium font series.
10839 It's also the default series.
10842 \begin_layout Labeling
10843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10850 This is the Bold font series.
10857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10869 \begin_inset Space ~
10878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10895 As the name implies.
10900 \begin_layout Labeling
10901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10906 This is the Upright font shape.
10907 It's also the default shape.
10910 \begin_layout Labeling
10911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10925 s the Italic font shape
10931 \begin_layout Labeling
10932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10939 This is the Slanted font shape
10941 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10944 \begin_layout Labeling
10945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10949 \begin_inset Space ~
10956 This is the Small caps font shape
10963 \begin_layout Labeling
10964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10969 Alters the size of the font.
10970 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10971 nal to the document font size.
10972 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10973 what you want to do.
10978 \begin_layout Labeling
10979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11013 \begin_inset Space ~
11022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11045 \begin_inset Space ~
11054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11064 \begin_layout Labeling
11065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11099 \begin_inset Space ~
11108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11118 \begin_layout Labeling
11119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11153 \begin_inset Space ~
11162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11185 \begin_inset Space ~
11194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11204 \begin_layout Labeling
11205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset Space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11271 \begin_inset Space ~
11280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11290 \begin_layout Labeling
11291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11305 It's also the default size.
11310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 \begin_inset Space ~
11331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11354 \begin_inset Space ~
11363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_layout Labeling
11374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11408 \begin_inset Space ~
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 \begin_inset Space ~
11449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11459 \begin_layout Labeling
11460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_inset Space ~
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11526 \begin_inset Space ~
11535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11545 \begin_layout Labeling
11546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 \begin_inset Space ~
11589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 \begin_inset Space ~
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11666 \begin_inset Space ~
11675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11720 \begin_inset Space ~
11729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11752 \begin_inset Space ~
11761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11772 \begin_layout Standard
11777 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11778 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11779 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11780 - use that instead.
11781 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11784 \begin_layout Labeling
11785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11790 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11795 \begin_layout Labeling
11796 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11803 This is text with emphasize on
11806 This might seem like the same as
11810 , but it is actually a bit different.
11816 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11818 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11821 \begin_layout Labeling
11822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11829 This is text with Underbar on.
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11848 \begin_inset Space ~
11857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11867 \begin_inset Newline newline
11872 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11873 when you couldn't change fonts.
11874 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11875 It's only included in LyX because some people
11879 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11882 \begin_layout Labeling
11883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 This is text with Noun on.
11897 , this is a logical attribute.
11898 Normally it's equivalent to
11901 \begin_inset Space ~
11910 \begin_layout Labeling
11911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11917 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11921 \begin_inset Space ~
11926 , which is the default
11927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11934 and means normally black, you can choose between
11970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11985 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11986 the language of the document.
11987 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11991 \begin_layout Standard
11992 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11993 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11997 \begin_inset Space ~
12002 dialog, the settings are saved.
12003 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12004 \begin_inset Graphics
12005 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
12011 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12012 when the dialog isn't visible.
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12020 \begin_inset Space ~
12026 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12027 (suppose you just set the shape to
12028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 \begin_inset Space ~
12058 \begin_layout Standard
12059 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12067 \begin_inset Space ~
12079 \begin_layout Itemize
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12092 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 \begin_inset Newline newline
12117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_inset Note Note
12145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 For more on phantoms see section
12147 \begin_inset Space ~
12151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12153 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12163 \begin_inset Newline newline
12169 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 fonts use characters with serifs.
12175 These are the small
12176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12184 The following example will show the difference:
12185 \begin_inset Newline newline
12189 \begin_inset Newline newline
12194 text without serifs
12197 \begin_inset Newline newline
12200 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12201 They are therefore used as default font (named
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12214 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12215 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12218 \begin_layout Standard
12219 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12220 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12223 \begin_layout Section
12224 Printing and Previewing
12227 \begin_layout Subsection
12231 \begin_layout Standard
12232 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12233 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12234 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12235 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12236 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12239 \begin_inset Space ~
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12249 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12250 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12251 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12252 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12253 This happens in two stages:
12256 \begin_layout Enumerate
12257 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12258 generating a file with the extension,
12259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12273 \begin_layout Enumerate
12274 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12278 file to produce printable output.
12282 \begin_layout Subsection
12283 Output file formats
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12296 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12309 File formats ! ASCII
12317 \begin_layout Standard
12318 This file type has the extension
12319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12342 \begin_layout Standard
12343 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12345 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12346 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12358 File formats ! LaTeX
12366 \begin_layout Standard
12367 This file type has the extension
12368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12381 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12382 it manually with console commands.
12383 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12384 you view or export your document.
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12388 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12391 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 This file type has the extension
12424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12445 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12446 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12448 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12452 \begin_layout Standard
12453 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12461 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12462 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12467 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12468 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12469 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12470 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12473 \begin_layout Standard
12474 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12476 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12477 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12489 File formats ! PostScript
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12498 This file type has the extension
12499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12511 PostScript was developed by the company
12515 as printer language.
12516 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12518 PostScript can be seen as
12519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 programming language
12523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12531 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12541 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12551 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12554 \begin_layout Standard
12555 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12559 Encapsulated PostScript
12560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12563 (EPS, file extension
12564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12576 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12577 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12578 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12579 whenever you view or export your document.
12580 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12581 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12582 EPS to avoid this problem.
12585 \begin_layout Standard
12586 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12588 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12589 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12595 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12619 \begin_layout Standard
12620 This file type has the extension
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 Portable Document Format
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 (PDF) is developed by
12645 as derivative from PostScript.
12646 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12655 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12656 looks exactly the same.
12659 \begin_layout Standard
12660 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12664 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12668 (JPG, file extension
12669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 Portable Network Graphics
12697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 (PNG, file extension
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12714 in the background to one of these formats.
12715 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12716 will slow down your workflow.
12717 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12726 in three different ways:
12729 \begin_layout Description
12730 PDF This uses the program
12734 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12735 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12739 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12740 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12743 \begin_layout Description
12745 \begin_inset Space ~
12748 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12752 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12756 \begin_layout Description
12758 \begin_inset Space ~
12761 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12765 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 We recommend to use
12772 \begin_inset Space ~
12781 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12787 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12790 \begin_layout Subsection
12795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12806 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12810 and choose a file type.
12811 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 you can use the toolbar button
12818 \begin_inset Graphics
12819 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12830 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_inset Space ~
12837 you can use the toolbar button
12838 \begin_inset Graphics
12839 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12849 viewer window using the menu
12851 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12857 \begin_layout Standard
12858 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12860 To have a real output, export your document.
12863 \begin_layout Subsection
12864 Printing the File from within LyX
12865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12867 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12876 it directly from within LyX.
12877 To print a file, select the menu
12879 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12882 or click on the toolbar button
12883 \begin_inset Graphics
12884 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12890 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12891 This file is then processed by the program
12895 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12900 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12905 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12906 printing one set to print on the other side.
12907 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12908 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12909 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12912 \begin_layout Standard
12913 You can set the parameters in the
12916 \begin_inset Space ~
12924 \begin_layout Labeling
12925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12930 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12935 Note that this printer name is for the program
12944 has to be configured for this printer name.
12945 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12946 \begin_inset Space ~
12950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12952 reference "sub:Printer"
12961 The printer should understand PostScript.
12964 \begin_layout Labeling
12965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12970 The name of a file to print to.
12971 The output will be a PostScript file.
12972 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12976 \begin_layout Section
12977 A few Words about Typography
12981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12990 \begin_layout Subsection
12995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13011 \begin_layout Standard
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13039 \begin_layout Enumerate
13041 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13045 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13063 \begin_layout Enumerate
13065 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13069 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13100 \begin_layout Enumerate
13102 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13106 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13150 \begin_layout Enumerate
13152 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13156 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13160 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13178 \begin_layout Standard
13179 You generate them by inserting the
13180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 character multiple times in a row.
13192 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13193 final output, but not in LyX.
13196 \begin_layout Standard
13197 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13198 math mode and has a length of its own.
13199 Here are some examples of the
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_layout Enumerate
13215 line- and page-breaks
13216 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13226 \begin_layout Enumerate
13228 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13238 \begin_layout Enumerate
13239 Oh --- there's a dash.
13240 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13250 \begin_layout Enumerate
13251 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13255 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13265 \begin_layout Subsection
13270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13279 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13288 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13295 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13302 following the rules of the document language
13306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13307 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13315 \begin_inset Space ~
13319 \begin_inset Space ~
13326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13337 \begin_layout Standard
13338 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13343 and with unusual constructs, like
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13352 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13353 This is done with the menu
13355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13356 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13358 \begin_inset Space ~
13364 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13365 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13368 \begin_layout Standard
13369 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13370 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13371 a hyphen and a space in the form
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 as hyphenation possibility.
13389 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13390 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13391 of the LaTeX-box-command
13397 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13398 As LyX doesn't support
13404 , we have to use ERT.
13405 The result looks in LyX like:
13408 \begin_layout Standard
13409 \begin_inset Graphics
13410 filename clipart/mbox.png
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13420 \begin_inset Space ~
13424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13426 reference "sec:ERT"
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13448 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13460 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13461 LaTeX then adds the
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 appropriate amount of space
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13472 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13491 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 Here are some examples of
13499 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13502 \begin_layout Itemize
13507 \begin_layout Itemize
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13519 this is too much space!
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13539 \begin_inset Space ~
13544 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13545 \begin_inset Space ~
13549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13551 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 Spaces ! inter-word
13568 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset Space ~
13577 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13578 \begin_inset Space ~
13582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13584 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset Space ~
13609 \begin_inset Space ~
13613 \begin_inset Space ~
13620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13622 \begin_inset Space ~
13627 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13628 This function is also bound to
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13639 \begin_layout Itemize
13641 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13648 this is too much space!
13651 \begin_layout Itemize
13652 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13658 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13659 LaTeX will care about this.
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13668 \begin_inset Space ~
13673 feature described in section
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13690 Typography ! Quotes
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13739 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13740 and use a closing quote at the end.
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 The keyboard character,
13754 , generates this automatically.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can change the behavior of the
13762 key using the submenu
13768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 Document ! Settings
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13790 There are six choices:
13793 \begin_layout Labeling
13794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 Use quotes like this
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes els
13819 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13825 \begin_layout Labeling
13826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13847 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13857 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13875 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13879 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13885 \begin_layout Labeling
13886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13889 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13911 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13917 \begin_layout Labeling
13918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13943 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13949 \begin_layout Labeling
13950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13953 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13971 \begin_inset Quotes als
13975 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 These settings affects what character the
13989 \begin_layout Subsection
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Typography ! Ligatures
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14035 name "sub:Ligatures"
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14044 print them as single characters.
14045 These groups are known as
14050 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14052 Here are the standard ligatures:
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 \begin_layout Itemize
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14081 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 To break a ligature, use
14107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_inset Space ~
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_layout Subsection
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14167 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You have surely noticed, that the word
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14184 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14185 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Note Note
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14218 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14223 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14227 \begin_layout Description
14228 LyX The name of the game, write
14229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Description
14251 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14273 \begin_layout Description
14274 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14334 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14338 : The actual version is
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 , the previous one was
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14359 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14360 This will look in LyX like:
14361 \begin_inset Graphics
14362 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14368 \begin_inset Newline newline
14371 For more about ERT, look at section
14372 \begin_inset Space ~
14376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14378 reference "sec:ERT"
14385 \begin_layout Subsection
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14400 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14401 space between two words.
14402 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 for units use the menu
14414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 \begin_inset Space ~
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 Here's an example to show the differences:
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 \begin_inset Tabular
14435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14445 \begin_inset Space ~
14449 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 space between number and unit
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14477 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 half space between number and unit
14502 \begin_layout Subsection
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14523 \begin_layout Standard
14524 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14526 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14527 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14528 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14529 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14530 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14531 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14544 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14545 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14546 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14547 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14548 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14549 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14554 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14555 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14556 \begin_inset Space ~
14560 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14562 key "latexcompanion"
14567 \begin_inset Space ~
14571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14577 ] may have more information.
14578 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14581 \begin_layout Chapter
14582 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14585 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14598 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14601 \begin_layout Section
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14626 \begin_layout Description
14628 \begin_inset Space ~
14631 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14632 \begin_inset Newline newline
14636 \begin_inset Note Note
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14650 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14654 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14657 \begin_inset Newline newline
14661 \begin_inset Note Comment
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14673 \begin_layout Description
14675 \begin_inset Space ~
14678 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14679 \begin_inset Newline newline
14683 \begin_inset Newline newline
14687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14697 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14698 How this can be done is explained in the
14707 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14713 \begin_inset Newline newline
14717 \begin_inset Newline newline
14720 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14721 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14725 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14727 \begin_inset Box Framed
14736 height_special "totalheight"
14739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14745 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14746 \begin_inset Space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14756 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14760 \begin_layout Description
14761 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14762 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14771 height_special "totalheight"
14774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14780 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14781 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14786 \begin_inset Graphics
14787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14790 scaleBeforeRotation
14796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14800 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14803 \begin_layout Section
14808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14817 name "sec:Footnotes"
14824 \begin_layout Standard
14825 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14831 or the toolbar button
14832 \begin_inset Graphics
14833 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14847 \begin_inset Graphics
14848 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14859 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 label, the box will
14892 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14893 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14906 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14922 \begin_layout Standard
14923 Here's an example footnote:
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14941 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14942 position where the footnote box is placed.
14943 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14944 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14945 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14946 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14947 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14952 ey are described in the
14959 \begin_layout Section
14964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14973 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14981 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14982 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14986 \begin_inset Space ~
14991 or the toolbar button
14992 \begin_inset Graphics
14993 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15021 appearing within your text.
15022 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 At the side is an example marginal note.
15036 \begin_inset Marginal
15039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15040 This is a marginal note.
15048 \begin_layout Standard
15049 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15050 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15051 pages, right on odd pages.
15054 \begin_layout Section
15055 Graphics and Images
15059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15078 name "sec:Graphics"
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15086 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15087 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15088 \begin_inset Graphics
15089 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15109 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15110 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15111 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15113 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15114 \begin_inset Space ~
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15120 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15132 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15133 of the image in the output.
15134 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15138 \begin_inset Space ~
15142 \begin_inset Space ~
15151 \begin_inset Space ~
15155 \begin_inset Space ~
15159 \begin_inset Space ~
15164 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15165 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15179 You can also set the
15183 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15184 This option is explained in section
15185 \begin_inset Space ~
15189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15191 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15199 \begin_inset Space ~
15204 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15205 image size is printed.
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15210 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15212 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15213 centered paragraph:
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15218 \begin_inset Graphics
15219 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15223 rotateOrigin center
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15231 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15232 the image into a float, see section
15233 \begin_inset Space ~
15237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15239 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15246 \begin_layout Subsection
15251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15260 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 You can insert images in any known file format.
15269 But as we explained in section
15270 \begin_inset Space ~
15274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15276 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15280 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15281 LyX uses therefore the program
15285 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15286 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15287 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15288 \begin_inset Space ~
15292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15294 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15301 \begin_layout Standard
15302 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15305 \begin_layout Description
15307 \begin_inset Space ~
15310 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15311 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15312 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15316 Graphics Interchange Format
15317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15320 (GIF, file extension
15321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15368 Portable Network Graphics
15369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15372 (PNG, file extension
15373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15420 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15424 (JPG, file extension
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 \begin_layout Description
15485 \begin_inset Space ~
15488 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15490 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15491 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15492 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15493 \begin_inset Newline newline
15496 Scalable image formats can be
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 Scalable Vector Graphics
15501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 (SVG, file extension
15505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15552 Encapsulated PostScript
15553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15556 (EPS, file extension
15557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 Portable Document Format
15605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 (PDF, file extension
15609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15632 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15633 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15639 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15648 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15652 \begin_layout Section
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15674 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15675 \begin_inset Graphics
15676 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15688 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15689 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15690 from the rest of the table.
15691 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15692 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15694 Here's an example table:
15697 \begin_layout Standard
15699 \begin_inset Tabular
15700 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15905 \begin_layout Subsection
15909 \begin_layout Standard
15910 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15911 brings up the table dialog.
15912 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15913 where the cursor is placed currently.
15914 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15915 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15916 done on all of your selection.
15919 \begin_layout Standard
15920 Additionally to the table dialog the
15923 \begin_inset Space ~
15928 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15930 It is for example currently only possible to add
15931 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15935 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15938 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15945 \begin_inset Space ~
15950 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15951 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15952 current cell respectively.
15953 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15955 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15956 of text, see section
15957 \begin_inset Space ~
15961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15963 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15971 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15977 This will merge the cells to
15981 cell, spread over more than one column.
15982 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15983 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15984 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15985 in the last row without the upper border:
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15990 \begin_inset Tabular
15991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15992 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15994 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16016 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 \begin_layout Standard
16128 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16129 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16130 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16131 explained in the tables section of the
16134 \begin_inset Space ~
16140 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16141 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16144 degrees counterclockwise.
16145 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 Most DVI-viewers are
16161 able to display rotations.
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16174 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16179 adds lines for all cell borders.
16182 \begin_layout Subsection
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16188 Tables ! Longtables
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 \begin_layout Standard
16207 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16210 \begin_inset Space ~
16214 \begin_inset Space ~
16223 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16224 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16227 \begin_layout Description
16232 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16233 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16234 except for the first page, if
16237 \begin_inset Space ~
16245 \begin_layout Description
16249 \begin_inset Space ~
16254 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16255 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16258 \begin_layout Description
16263 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16264 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16265 except for the last page, if
16268 \begin_inset Space ~
16276 \begin_layout Description
16280 \begin_inset Space ~
16285 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16286 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16290 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16291 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16292 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16293 The others will then be defined as
16298 In this context, first means first in this order:
16301 \begin_inset Space ~
16313 \begin_inset Space ~
16319 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16324 \begin_inset Tabular
16325 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16326 <features islongtable="true">
16327 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16328 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16329 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16330 <row endfirsthead="true">
16331 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16342 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16351 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 <row endfirsthead="true">
16362 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <row endhead="true">
16395 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 <row endhead="true">
16426 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <row endfoot="true">
16459 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <row endlastfoot="true">
18441 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 \begin_layout Subsection
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18492 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18499 \begin_layout Standard
18500 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18501 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18502 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18503 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18507 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18508 for the cell's paragraph.
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18512 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18513 for the column in the table dialog.
18514 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18515 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18521 \begin_inset Tabular
18522 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18525 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 This is longer now.
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18728 This is longer now.
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 \begin_layout Standard
18760 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18761 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18762 Selection with the mouse or with
18766 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18767 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18768 the selection from outside the table.
18771 \begin_layout Section
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18793 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18794 have a fixed location.
18796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18803 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18811 \begin_inset Space ~
18816 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18817 too much notes at the page.
18820 \begin_layout Standard
18821 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18822 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18823 and pages without text.
18824 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18825 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18826 Floats are therefore numbered.
18827 Referencing is described in section
18828 \begin_inset Space ~
18832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18834 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18841 \begin_layout Standard
18842 To insert a float, use the menu
18844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18848 A box with a caption that has e.
18849 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18853 \begin_inset Space ~
18857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18861 \begin_inset Space ~
18865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18868 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18869 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18871 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18882 paragraph within the float.
18883 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18884 by left-clicking on the box label.
18885 A closed float box looks like this:
18886 \begin_inset Graphics
18887 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18893 -- a gray button with a red label.
18896 \begin_layout Standard
18897 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18898 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18901 \begin_layout Subsection
18905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 Floats ! Figure floats
18917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18919 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18930 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18933 inserts a float with the label
18934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18940 \begin_inset Space ~
18946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18950 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18951 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18952 This is what we did for Figure
18953 \begin_inset Space ~
18957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18959 reference "cap:Platypus"
18964 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18965 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18966 This was done in Figure
18967 \begin_inset Space ~
18971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18973 reference "cap:Escher"
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18981 \begin_inset Float figure
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 \begin_inset Graphics
18989 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18993 rotateOrigin center
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 \begin_inset Caption
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19006 name "cap:Platypus"
19010 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19023 \begin_layout Standard
19024 \begin_inset Float figure
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 \begin_inset Caption
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 \begin_inset Graphics
19051 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19055 rotateOrigin center
19067 \begin_layout Standard
19068 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19070 As described in section
19071 \begin_inset Space ~
19075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19077 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19081 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19086 and refer to it using the menu
19088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19092 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19101 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19113 \begin_layout Standard
19114 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19115 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19116 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19120 \begin_inset Space ~
19125 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19129 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19131 \begin_inset Space ~
19135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19137 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19141 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19142 You can also set the images one below the other.
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19146 \begin_inset Float figure
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19156 \begin_inset Float figure
19161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 \begin_inset Caption
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 \begin_inset Graphics
19175 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19187 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19191 \begin_inset Float figure
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 \begin_inset Caption
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 \begin_inset Graphics
19210 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19223 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 \begin_inset Caption
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19235 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19239 Two distorted images.
19252 \begin_layout Standard
19253 Note that the caption is added to the
19256 \begin_inset Space ~
19260 \begin_inset Space ~
19265 as described in section
19266 \begin_inset Space ~
19270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19272 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 Floats ! Table floats
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19293 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19300 \begin_layout Standard
19301 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19304 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19308 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19311 \begin_inset Space ~
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19317 reference "cap:Table-float"
19321 is an example of a table float.
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19325 \begin_inset Float table
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset Caption
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19336 name "cap:Table-float"
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 \begin_inset Tabular
19351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19505 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19561 \begin_layout Standard
19562 This float type is inserted with the menu
19564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19565 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19569 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19570 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19574 , described in section
19575 \begin_inset Space ~
19579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19581 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19588 \begin_layout Standard
19589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19603 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19611 floatname{algorithm}{your
19612 \begin_inset Space ~
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19619 to the document preamble (menu
19621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19628 \begin_inset Space ~
19634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19662 name "sec:floatflt"
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 This float type is used if you want to
19671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19678 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19680 It can be inserted using the menu
19681 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Graphics
19690 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19694 rotateOrigin center
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Caption
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19707 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19711 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19713 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19729 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19731 \begin_inset Space ~
19735 \begin_inset Space ~
19740 if the LaTeX-package
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19762 \begin_inset Space ~
19772 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19775 \begin_inset Space ~
19779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19781 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19786 \begin_inset Space ~
19789 wrap float with a width of 40
19790 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 Available units are explained in Appendix
19799 \begin_inset Space ~
19803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19805 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19814 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19818 \begin_layout Standard
19819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 \begin_inset Space ~
19831 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19832 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19833 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19834 over some other text.
19842 \begin_layout Itemize
19843 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19844 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19845 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19846 breaks will appear.
19849 \begin_layout Itemize
19850 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19851 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19854 \begin_layout Itemize
19855 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19856 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19859 \begin_layout Itemize
19860 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19863 \begin_layout Subsection
19865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19867 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19886 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19890 \begin_inset Space ~
19898 \begin_layout Standard
19899 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19900 a two-column document).
19901 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19902 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19910 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19911 format is also the same: Table
19912 \begin_inset Space ~
19916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19918 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19922 is an example of a rotated table float.
19925 \begin_layout Standard
19926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19942 \begin_layout Standard
19943 \begin_inset Float table
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 \begin_inset Caption
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19954 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 \begin_inset Tabular
19969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20035 \begin_layout Subsection
20037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20039 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20057 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20058 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20059 \begin_inset Newline newline
20065 \begin_inset Space ~
20070 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20071 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20073 \begin_inset Newline newline
20079 \begin_inset Space ~
20084 is used to rotate floats, see section
20085 \begin_inset Space ~
20089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20091 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20099 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20100 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20103 \begin_inset Space ~
20107 \begin_inset Space ~
20115 \begin_layout Description
20117 \begin_inset Space ~
20121 \begin_inset Space ~
20124 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20127 \begin_layout Description
20129 \begin_inset Space ~
20133 \begin_inset Space ~
20136 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20139 \begin_layout Description
20141 \begin_inset Space ~
20145 \begin_inset Space ~
20148 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20151 \begin_layout Description
20153 \begin_inset Space ~
20157 \begin_inset Space ~
20160 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164 The order of the above option is
20169 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20173 \begin_inset Space ~
20177 \begin_inset Space ~
20185 \begin_inset Space ~
20189 \begin_inset Space ~
20194 , and then the others.
20195 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20197 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20198 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20201 \begin_layout Standard
20202 By default, each options has its own rules:
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20209 \begin_inset Space ~
20213 \begin_inset Space ~
20218 only floats occupying less than 70
20219 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20222 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20229 \begin_inset Space ~
20233 \begin_inset Space ~
20238 : only floats occupying less than 30
20239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20242 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20249 \begin_inset Space ~
20253 \begin_inset Space ~
20258 : only if more than 50
20259 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20262 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20266 \begin_layout Standard
20267 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20271 \begin_inset Space ~
20275 \begin_inset Space ~
20283 \begin_layout Standard
20284 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20285 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20286 For this case you can use the option
20289 \begin_inset Space ~
20295 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20297 Because the float is then no longer able to
20298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20305 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20309 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20310 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20318 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20325 \begin_layout Section
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20339 name "sec:Minipages"
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20347 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20349 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20350 \begin_inset Space ~
20357 \begin_layout Standard
20358 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20364 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20365 and its alignment within the page.
20368 \begin_layout Standard
20370 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20379 height_special "totalheight"
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 This is a minipage.
20386 The text is set in an italic style.
20389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20393 another formatting.
20401 \begin_layout Standard
20402 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20405 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20409 as described in section
20410 \begin_inset Space ~
20414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20416 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20421 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20427 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20437 height_special "totalheight"
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20442 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20448 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20452 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20461 height_special "totalheight"
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20466 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20474 \begin_layout Standard
20475 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20483 to other box types.
20484 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20495 \begin_layout Chapter
20496 Mathematical Formulas
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20541 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20554 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20557 \begin_layout Section
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20572 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20573 \begin_inset Graphics
20574 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20580 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20582 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20583 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20584 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20597 \begin_inset Space ~
20602 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20606 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20607 line, like this one:
20610 \begin_layout Standard
20611 This is a line with an inline formula
20612 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20619 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20621 \begin_inset Formula \[
20626 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20646 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20647 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20651 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20654 \begin_inset Space ~
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20663 Navigating in Formulas
20667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20678 achieved with the arrow keys.
20679 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20680 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20685 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20686 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20690 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20694 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20696 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20704 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20709 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20710 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20718 , printed in this document as
20719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20740 \begin_inset Note Note
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20745 space character (visible space).
20750 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20751 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20752 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20757 For example, if you want
20758 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 , since in the latter case only the
20815 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20820 will be under the square root sign:
20821 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20830 \begin_inset Formula \[
20831 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20834 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20838 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20839 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20842 \begin_layout Subsection
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20848 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20852 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20853 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20854 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20855 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20856 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20859 \begin_layout Subsection
20860 Exponents and Subscripts
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20885 way is to use a command.
20887 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20890 , type in a formula
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20912 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20918 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20922 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20943 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20952 , you have to use an extra
20956 to separate the hat and the character.
20959 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 Subscripts are similar: To get
20981 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21004 \begin_layout Subsection
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 Create a fraction with either the command
21026 \begin_inset Graphics
21027 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21036 \begin_inset Space ~
21042 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21043 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21044 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21049 To move back up, press
21054 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21055 \begin_inset Formula \[
21056 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21058 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21065 \begin_layout Subsection
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Roots can be created using the
21083 \begin_inset Space ~
21089 \begin_inset Graphics
21090 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21114 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21120 produces always a square root.
21123 \begin_layout Subsection
21124 Operators with Limits
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21147 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21154 \begin_layout Standard
21156 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21160 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21163 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21164 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21165 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21166 The sum operator will automatically place its
21167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21174 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21177 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21181 \begin_inset Formula \[
21182 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21186 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21193 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21194 behind the operator and hitting
21200 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21201 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21203 \begin_inset Space ~
21207 \begin_inset Space ~
21215 \begin_layout Standard
21216 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21224 feature as addition, such as
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 \begin_inset Formula \[
21236 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21240 which will place the
21241 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21253 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21254 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21268 Have a look at section
21269 \begin_inset Space ~
21273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21275 reference "sub:Functions"
21279 for an explanation of function macros.
21282 \begin_layout Subsection
21287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21297 Most math symbols can be found in the
21300 \begin_inset Space ~
21305 under one of several categories; including
21322 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21327 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21328 you don't have to use the
21331 \begin_inset Space ~
21336 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21337 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21340 \begin_layout Subsection
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21354 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21362 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21371 \begin_inset Space ~
21377 \begin_inset Graphics
21378 filename ../images/math/space.png
21384 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21385 Here a example for the sequence
21390 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21394 \begin_inset Graphics
21395 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21401 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21402 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21403 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21404 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21419 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21435 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21441 \begin_layout Subsection
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21455 name "sub:Functions"
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21466 \begin_inset Space ~
21471 contains under the button
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21478 a number of functions, such as
21479 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21483 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21491 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21498 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21499 avoid confusions, because
21500 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21504 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21513 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21517 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21524 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21525 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21526 \begin_inset Space ~
21530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21532 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21539 \begin_layout Subsection
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21556 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21557 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21559 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21562 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21563 Our example is entered by typing
21571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21584 \begin_inset Space ~
21588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21590 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21594 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 \begin_inset Float table
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset Caption
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21609 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21613 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21623 \begin_inset Tabular
21624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21712 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21928 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22211 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22214 \begin_inset Space ~
22220 \begin_inset Graphics
22221 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22226 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22230 \begin_layout Section
22231 Brackets and Delimiters
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22254 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22262 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22263 For most purposes, using just the keys
22268 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22269 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22272 \begin_inset Space ~
22278 \begin_inset Graphics
22279 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22285 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22287 \begin_inset Formula \[
22288 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22290 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22294 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22295 \begin_inset Formula \[
22296 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22303 \begin_layout Standard
22304 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22305 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22310 left side and right side.
22311 If you use the option
22314 \begin_inset Space ~
22319 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22320 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22321 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22322 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22326 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22327 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22328 inside the brackets.
22329 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22334 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22337 \begin_layout Standard
22338 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22349 \begin_layout Section
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22363 name "sec:Grouping"
22370 \begin_layout Standard
22371 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22372 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22383 \begin_layout Standard
22384 \begin_inset Formula \[
22385 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22392 \begin_layout Standard
22393 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22408 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22409 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22410 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22413 \begin_layout Section
22414 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22451 \begin_inset Space ~
22457 \begin_inset Graphics
22458 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22464 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22465 Here is an example:
22466 \begin_inset Formula \[
22467 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22470 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22474 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22475 \begin_inset Space ~
22479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22481 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22486 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22487 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22488 This alignment is set in the box
22493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22541 for every column as default.
22542 For example, the sequence
22543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22554 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22555 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22556 corresponds to the relevant column.
22557 The result will look like this:
22558 \begin_inset Formula \[
22560 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22561 column & has & has\, right\\
22562 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22574 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22575 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22577 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22583 \begin_layout Standard
22584 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22585 It can be created with the menu
22587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22588 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22590 \begin_inset Space ~
22603 \begin_inset Formula \[
22607 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22618 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22626 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22635 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22643 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22644 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22645 A new row is created by every further hit of
22653 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22654 Here is an example:
22655 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22656 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22657 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22661 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22662 where you want to start the shift and hit
22667 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22668 position to the next column.
22669 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22670 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22671 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22672 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22680 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22687 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22688 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22691 reference "eq:asquared"
22696 The other types are described in section
22697 \begin_inset Space ~
22701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22703 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22710 \begin_layout Section
22711 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 Math ! Formula numbering
22725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 Math ! Referencing formulas
22732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22734 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22741 \begin_layout Standard
22742 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22745 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22747 \begin_inset Space ~
22755 \begin_inset Space ~
22761 The formula number appears in LyX as
22762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22769 within parentheses.
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22778 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22780 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22781 the document class.
22782 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22783 separated by a dot:
22784 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22785 1+1=2\end{equation}
22792 \begin_inset Space ~
22797 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22798 You can only number displayed formulas.
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22805 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22807 \begin_inset Space ~
22811 \begin_inset Space ~
22815 \begin_inset Space ~
22823 \begin_inset Space ~
22828 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22829 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22831 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22832 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22836 To number all lines use the shortcut
22839 \begin_inset Space ~
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22851 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22852 A label is inserted with the menu
22854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22857 when the cursor is in the formula.
22858 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22859 It is recommended to use the proposed
22860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22871 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22872 type when you have many labels in your document.
22873 We inserted in the following example the label
22874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 in the second line:
22882 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22883 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22884 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22888 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22889 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22899 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22903 \begin_inset Space ~
22909 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22910 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22911 as the formula number:
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22918 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22925 \begin_layout Standard
22926 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22927 \begin_inset Space ~
22931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22933 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22938 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22944 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22949 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22957 \begin_layout Section
22958 User defined math macros
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22971 name "sec:math-macros"
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22979 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22980 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22981 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22983 \begin_inset Newline newline
22986 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22987 \begin_inset Formula \[
22988 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22992 The general form of its solution is:
22993 \begin_inset Formula \[
22994 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 The macro should print the parameters
23003 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23007 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23011 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23014 like in the equation above.
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23018 A macro is created by executing the command
23021 \begin_layout Standard
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23051 \begin_inset Space ~
23055 \begin_inset Space ~
23061 \begin_layout Standard
23062 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23063 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23064 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23065 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23070 We have three arguments and name the macro
23071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 , so that the command is:
23081 \begin_layout Standard
23088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23114 This results in the following macro definition box:
23115 \begin_inset Graphics
23116 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23122 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23123 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23124 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23128 \begin_inset Note Note
23131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23132 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23133 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23141 \begin_layout Standard
23142 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23143 the math panel or commands.
23144 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23145 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23156 for the first argument.
23157 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23158 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23159 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23160 in LyX with its full size.
23161 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23162 In our example we insert the sequence
23163 \begin_inset Newline newline
23191 \begin_inset Newline newline
23196 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23200 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23215 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23220 \begin_inset Graphics
23221 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23229 \begin_layout Standard
23230 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23231 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23232 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23233 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23234 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23239 to the new definition.
23240 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23241 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23245 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23249 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23253 \begin_inset Formula \[
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23266 \begin_layout Standard
23280 \begin_inset Newline newline
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23316 \begin_layout Standard
23317 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23318 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23319 definition box in your document.
23320 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23322 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23324 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23329 \begin_layout Section
23333 \begin_layout Subsection
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23349 To set a font in a formula, use the
23352 \begin_inset Space ~
23358 \begin_inset Graphics
23359 filename ../images/math/font.png
23364 , or enter its command, listed in table
23365 \begin_inset Space ~
23369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23371 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23378 \begin_layout Standard
23379 \begin_inset Float table
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Caption
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23390 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23394 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 \begin_inset Tabular
23405 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23685 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23703 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23708 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23709 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23710 Here an example where a
23711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23722 denotes the set of numbers:
23723 \begin_inset Formula \[
23724 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23743 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23747 \begin_inset Newline newline
23750 So better don't use this feature.
23753 \begin_layout Standard
23754 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23755 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23759 \begin_inset Newline newline
23762 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23768 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23782 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23786 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23789 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23791 \begin_inset Space ~
23799 \begin_layout Subsection
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23813 \begin_layout Standard
23814 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23816 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23820 \begin_inset Space ~
23824 \begin_inset Space ~
23832 \begin_inset Space ~
23838 \begin_inset Graphics
23839 filename ../images/math/font.png
23844 (alternatively the shortcut
23847 \begin_inset Space ~
23853 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23854 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23855 Here is an example:
23856 \begin_inset Formula \[
23858 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23859 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23866 \begin_layout Subsection
23871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23882 automatically chosen in most situations.
23900 For most characters,
23908 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23909 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23914 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23915 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23916 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23917 \begin_inset Graphics
23918 filename ../images/math/style.png
23924 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23925 For example, you can set
23926 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23929 , which is normally in
23938 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23942 The four styles are used in the following example:
23945 \begin_layout Standard
23946 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23950 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23954 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23958 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23965 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23966 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23970 \begin_inset Space ~
23975 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23976 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23977 will be adjusted to correspond.
23978 As example a formula in the font size
23979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23989 \begin_layout Standard
23993 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23999 \begin_layout Section
24004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24024 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24025 (AMS) that are in common use.
24028 \begin_layout Subsection
24029 Enabling AMS-Support
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 Selecting the checkbox
24036 \begin_inset Space ~
24040 \begin_inset Space ~
24044 \begin_inset Space ~
24051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24059 Document ! Settings
24067 \begin_inset Space ~
24072 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24074 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24075 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24078 \begin_layout Subsection
24080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24082 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24091 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24099 \begin_layout Standard
24100 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24101 LyX allows you to choose between
24122 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24125 \begin_layout Chapter
24129 \begin_layout Section
24134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24143 name "sec:Cross-References"
24150 \begin_layout Standard
24151 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24152 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24154 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24155 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24156 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24159 \begin_layout Enumerate
24163 \begin_layout Enumerate
24164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24166 name "enu:Second-item"
24173 \begin_layout Enumerate
24177 \begin_layout Standard
24178 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24183 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24184 \begin_inset Graphics
24185 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24192 A grey label box like this:
24193 \begin_inset Graphics
24194 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24200 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24201 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24237 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24258 or the toolbar button
24259 \begin_inset Graphics
24260 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24267 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24268 \begin_inset Graphics
24269 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24275 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24277 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24292 Here is our cross-reference:
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24297 \begin_inset Space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24303 reference "enu:Second-item"
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 It is recommended to use a protected space
24315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24316 described in section
24317 \begin_inset Space ~
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24323 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24332 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24340 \begin_layout Description
24341 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24351 \begin_layout Description
24352 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24353 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24365 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24372 \begin_layout Description
24373 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24374 \begin_inset Space ~
24378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24379 LatexCommand pageref
24380 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24387 \begin_layout Description
24389 \begin_inset Space ~
24393 \begin_inset Space ~
24396 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 LatexCommand vpageref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset Space ~
24412 \begin_inset Space ~
24416 \begin_inset Space ~
24419 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24423 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24430 \begin_layout Description
24432 \begin_inset Space ~
24435 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24436 \begin_inset Newline newline
24440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24455 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24472 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24474 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24478 \begin_inset Space ~
24482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24498 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24499 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24503 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 You can only use the style
24512 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24516 is always possible.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24521 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24522 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24523 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24524 \begin_inset Space ~
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24541 \begin_inset Space ~
24545 \begin_inset Space ~
24550 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24551 The button text changes then to
24554 \begin_inset Space ~
24559 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24560 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24561 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24567 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24568 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24572 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24573 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 References are described in detail in the
24584 \begin_layout Section
24585 Table of Contents and other Listings
24589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24615 \begin_layout Subsection
24616 Table of Contents and Outline
24617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24619 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24627 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24630 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24632 \begin_inset Space ~
24636 \begin_inset Space ~
24642 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24643 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24644 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24645 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24653 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24654 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24656 \begin_inset Space ~
24660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24662 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24666 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24668 \begin_inset Space ~
24672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24674 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24678 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24680 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24681 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24682 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24685 \begin_layout Standard
24686 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24688 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24696 \begin_layout Subsection
24697 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24707 \begin_layout Standard
24708 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24709 You can insert them via the
24711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24713 \begin_inset Space ~
24717 \begin_inset Space ~
24723 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24726 \begin_layout Section
24727 URLs and Hyperlinks
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24757 \begin_layout Subsection
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24770 \begin_layout Standard
24771 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24772 \begin_inset Flex URL
24775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24786 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24792 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24805 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24813 \begin_layout Subsection
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24823 or with the toolbar button
24824 \begin_inset Graphics
24825 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24832 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24841 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24842 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24845 name "http://www.lyx.org"
24846 target "LyX's homepage"
24850 , an Email address like this:
24851 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24853 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24854 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24859 , or a link to a file.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24876 to the link target.
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary and become clickable
24881 in the DVI and PDF-output.
24882 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24883 the text style dialog.
24884 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24888 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24890 name "http://www.lyx.org"
24891 target "LyX's homepage"
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24903 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24906 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24910 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24912 \begin_inset Newline newline
24920 \begin_inset Newline newline
24927 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24930 \begin_layout Section
24935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sec:Appendices"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 Appendices are created with the menu
24954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 \begin_inset Space ~
24960 \begin_inset Space ~
24966 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24967 as appendix region.
24968 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24973 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24974 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24975 and the subsection number.
24976 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24980 \begin_layout Standard
24982 \begin_inset Space ~
24986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24988 reference "cha:Credits"
24993 \begin_inset Space ~
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24999 reference "sub:Export"
25006 \begin_layout Section
25011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25020 name "sec:Bibliography"
25027 \begin_layout Standard
25028 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25029 You can include a bibliography database
25033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25034 Known under the name
25035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25047 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25049 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25053 , described in section
25054 \begin_inset Space ~
25058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25060 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25072 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25074 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25083 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25085 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25094 , a short form of its title, as key.
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25103 or the toobar button
25104 \begin_inset Graphics
25105 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25107 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25112 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25113 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25114 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25115 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25121 with surrounding brackets.
25126 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25127 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25139 \begin_layout Standard
25142 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25145 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25147 key "latexcompanion"
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25155 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25156 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25165 \begin_layout Subsection
25166 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25171 Bibliography ! Databases
25180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 Bibliography ! BibT
25185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25200 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25205 \begin_inset Note Note
25208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25209 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25220 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25222 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25223 your working field in a database.
25224 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25225 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 The database is a text file with the file extension
25230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25241 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25242 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25243 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25245 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25250 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25252 \begin_inset Newline newline
25256 \begin_inset Flex URL
25259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25267 \begin_inset Newline newline
25270 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25273 \begin_layout Standard
25274 To use a database, use the menu
25276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25281 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25294 \begin_inset Space ~
25300 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25301 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25304 \begin_layout Standard
25305 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25317 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25318 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25319 take care of the layout.
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25327 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25336 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25370 \begin_inset Space ~
25376 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25385 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25392 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25393 the two methods of creating them.
25394 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25395 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25396 We used the style file
25400 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25403 \begin_layout Subsection
25404 Bibliography layout
25408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25409 Bibliography ! Layout
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25419 For this feature you need to use the option
25425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25433 Document ! Settings
25443 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25444 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25445 in the previous section.
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25449 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25450 in the citation reference window.
25451 Here an example where we set the text
25452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25456 \begin_inset Space ~
25460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25463 to appear after the reference:
25466 \begin_layout Standard
25468 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25471 key "latexcompanion"
25478 \begin_layout Section
25483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25504 \begin_inset Space ~
25509 or the toolbar button
25510 \begin_inset Graphics
25511 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25513 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25530 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25531 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25532 by LyX as index entry.
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25537 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25541 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25557 \begin_inset Space ~
25561 \begin_inset Space ~
25564 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25566 \begin_inset Space ~
25572 A light blue box labeled
25573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25585 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25588 \begin_layout Subsection
25589 Grouping Index Entries
25593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25605 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25606 lists under the entry
25607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25615 First we create the entry
25616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25624 \begin_inset Space ~
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25630 reference "sub:Lists"
25635 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25636 \begin_inset Space ~
25640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25642 reference "sec:Itemize"
25646 , we insert the command
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25665 \begin_layout Standard
25666 for the enumerated list in section
25667 \begin_inset Space ~
25671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25673 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25680 \begin_layout Standard
25681 The exclamation mark
25682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25689 marks the grouping levels.
25690 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25691 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25692 If we don't have an index entry for
25693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25700 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25703 \begin_layout Subsection
25708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25709 Index ! Page ranges
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25720 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25721 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25723 \begin_inset Space ~
25727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25729 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25739 Paragraph environments|(
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 and another entry at the end of section
25744 \begin_inset Space ~
25748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25750 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25760 Paragraph environments|)
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25788 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25789 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25790 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25791 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25792 An example is the index entry
25793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25796 Document ! Settings
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 \begin_layout Subsection
25808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25809 Index ! Cross referencing
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25819 We referred for example in the index entry
25820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25828 \begin_inset Space ~
25832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25834 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25838 ) to the index entry
25839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25846 in the same section using the entry
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25852 GIF|see{Image formats}
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25856 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25857 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25858 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25861 \begin_layout Subsection
25866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25867 Index ! Entry order
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25876 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25877 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25878 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25883 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25885 \begin_inset Space ~
25889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25891 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25900 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25901 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25930 Dummy entries ! maïs
25939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25940 Dummy entries ! maître
25949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25950 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25955 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25956 order maïs, maison, maître.
25957 To achieve this, we use the command
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25963 previous entry@current entry
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 In our case we want to have
25968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25983 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25993 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25994 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25998 \begin_layout Subsection
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26004 Index ! Entry layout
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
26017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26018 Dummy entries ! This@
26020 This is an italic entry at the correct position
26029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26032 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
26037 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
26039 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26048 This is an italic entry
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26052 You can also format the page number using the character
26053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26060 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26061 We can write for example
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26067 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26076 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26081 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 \begin_inset Space ~
26105 Have a look at section
26106 \begin_inset Space ~
26110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26112 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26116 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26120 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26122 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26123 for all index entries.
26126 \begin_layout Subsection
26131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26140 name "sub:Index-Program"
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26153 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26155 \begin_inset Space ~
26159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26161 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26166 The available options are listed and explained in
26167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26176 \begin_layout Standard
26177 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26195 \begin_layout Section
26196 Nomenclature / Glossary
26200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26241 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26249 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26250 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26255 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26262 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26270 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26271 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26277 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26281 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26282 and then use the menu
26284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26290 \begin_inset Space ~
26295 or the toobar button
26296 \begin_inset Graphics
26297 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26316 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26321 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26322 The second is the description of the symbol.
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26334 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26335 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26343 \begin_layout Subsection
26344 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Nomenclature ! Layout
26357 \begin_layout Standard
26358 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26362 field as LaTeX-formula.
26364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26368 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26376 \begin_inset Newline newline
26384 \begin_inset Newline newline
26390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26397 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26398 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26410 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26421 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26422 \begin_inset Space ~
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26428 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26435 \begin_layout Standard
26439 \begin_inset Space ~
26444 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26445 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26450 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26457 in this document is:
26458 \begin_inset Newline newline
26463 dummy entry for the character
26468 \begin_inset Newline newline
26480 \begin_inset Space ~
26490 font use the command
26519 \begin_layout Subsection
26520 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26525 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26534 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26535 the symbol definition.
26536 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26537 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26540 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26541 LatexCommand nomenclature
26543 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26550 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26554 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26555 LatexCommand nomenclature
26558 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26563 They will be sorted by
26564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26590 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26593 will be sorted before the
26597 since the character
26598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26605 is considered in sorting.
26608 \begin_layout Standard
26609 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26612 \begin_inset Space ~
26617 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26618 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26620 For the given example, you can insert
26624 to this field for the
26625 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26632 will be located before
26633 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26640 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26654 \begin_layout Subsection
26655 Nomenclature Options
26659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26660 Nomenclature ! Options
26668 \begin_layout Standard
26673 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26674 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26677 \begin_layout Description
26678 refeq Appends the phrase
26679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26694 to every nomenclature entry, where
26700 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26703 \begin_layout Description
26704 refpage Appends the phrase
26705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26720 to every nomenclature entry, where
26726 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26729 \begin_layout Description
26730 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26733 \begin_layout Standard
26734 There are furthermore the options
26778 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26782 \begin_layout Standard
26783 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26784 class options list in the
26786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26790 In this document the options
26801 \begin_layout Standard
26802 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26808 \begin_layout Standard
26809 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26810 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26815 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26818 \begin_layout Description
26828 \begin_layout Description
26831 nomrefpage Like the
26838 \begin_layout Description
26841 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26850 \begin_layout Description
26854 \begin_inset Space ~
26860 \begin_inset Space ~
26865 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26868 \begin_layout Subsection
26869 Printing the Nomenclature
26873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26874 Nomenclature ! Printing
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26883 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26887 \begin_inset Space ~
26891 \begin_inset Space ~
26894 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26898 A light blue box labeled
26899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26910 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26911 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26924 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26932 For example, in order to change the name to
26936 , add the following line to the preamble:
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26947 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26951 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26959 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26970 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26973 \begin_layout Standard
26976 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26977 \begin_inset Space ~
26981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26983 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26988 The default value is 1
26989 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26995 \begin_layout Section
27000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27011 Document ! Branches
27017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27019 name "sec:Branches"
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27028 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27029 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27030 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27034 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27035 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27036 To create a branch, go in the
27038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27046 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27047 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27051 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27052 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27057 where you can choose a branch.
27058 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27061 \begin_layout Standard
27062 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27063 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27067 \begin_inset Branch Question
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27071 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27080 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27084 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27093 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27100 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27101 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27103 For example you can define for the question branch
27107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27108 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27109 \begin_inset Space ~
27113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27115 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27147 \begin_layout Standard
27148 and for the answer branch
27151 \begin_layout Standard
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27172 \begin_inset Branch Question
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27244 Now it is possible to use the commands
27248 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27255 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27258 to obtain conditional output.
27259 Here is an example formula where only the
27266 \begin_inset Formula \[
27267 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27275 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27276 \begin_inset Space ~
27280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27282 reference "sec:math-macros"
27289 \begin_layout Section
27290 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27300 \begin_layout Subsection
27305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27314 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27323 constructs, but not all.
27324 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27325 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27326 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27327 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27328 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27329 and their commands.
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27343 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27344 An ERT box is created by the menu
27346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27349 or by the toolbar button
27350 \begin_inset Graphics
27351 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27357 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27370 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27371 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27384 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27385 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27392 , you can write the command part
27398 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27402 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27403 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27407 \begin_layout Standard
27408 \begin_inset Graphics
27409 filename clipart/ERT.png
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 This is a line with a
27427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27459 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27460 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27468 \begin_layout Subsection
27469 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27470 \begin_inset OptArg
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27492 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27500 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27501 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27502 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27511 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27512 every time if you know the right commands.
27514 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27515 the end of the day.
27516 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27517 all caption labels bold.
27518 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27520 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27524 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27525 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27526 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27538 As result you know that the package
27546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27547 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27553 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27561 \begin_layout Standard
27566 usepackage[options]{package name}
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27571 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27572 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 In your case the package name is
27581 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27586 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27587 So you add the command
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27595 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27599 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27604 For more commands provided by the
27608 package, have a look at its documentation,
27609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27626 For example if you use a
27630 class, you don't need the package
27634 , you can instead write
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27642 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27649 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27650 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27657 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27662 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27664 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27673 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27681 \begin_layout Section
27682 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27695 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27713 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27714 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27715 to break your train of thought with
27717 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27725 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27732 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27739 as explained below, and turn on
27742 \begin_inset Space ~
27749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27755 \begin_inset Space ~
27759 \begin_inset Space ~
27762 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27769 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27771 Previews of an already loaded document are
27775 generated just by selecting the
27778 \begin_inset Space ~
27783 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27787 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27788 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27791 \begin_inset Space ~
27796 check box in the insert dialog.
27797 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27802 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27806 (on some systems named simply
27811 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27819 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27820 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27828 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27840 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27844 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27846 \begin_inset Space ~
27851 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27852 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27854 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27855 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27856 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27857 the source view window.
27860 \begin_layout Section
27862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27864 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27883 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27900 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27906 can be seen as successor of
27910 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27915 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27916 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27925 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27926 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27936 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27939 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27940 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27941 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27942 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27943 scrolled so that it is visible.
27948 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27950 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27954 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27955 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27966 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27967 will bring an error message.
27968 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27969 specifying a different
27971 Alternative language
27973 in preferences dialog.
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27977 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27980 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27985 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27986 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27988 But you can use the
27991 \begin_inset Space ~
27995 \begin_inset Space ~
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28005 This does work with
28009 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28012 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28021 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28024 \begin_layout Description
28026 \begin_inset Space ~
28029 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28030 should consider, e.g.
28031 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28032 This should not normally be needed.
28035 \begin_layout Description
28037 \begin_inset Space ~
28040 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28041 as your personal dictionary
28044 \begin_layout Description
28046 \begin_inset Space ~
28050 \begin_inset Space ~
28053 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28065 \begin_layout Description
28067 \begin_inset Space ~
28071 \begin_inset Space ~
28074 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28076 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28083 also for the spellchecker.
28087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28088 The encodings are explained in section
28089 \begin_inset Space ~
28093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28095 reference "sub:Settings"
28104 Only enable this if you use
28108 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28109 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28110 so this is disabled by default.
28113 \begin_layout Section
28118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28127 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28139 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28142 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28145 or the toolbar button
28146 \begin_inset Graphics
28147 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28150 rotateOrigin center
28155 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28161 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28162 cases to find related words.
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28168 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28176 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28185 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28204 \begin_layout Section
28209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28220 Document ! Change Tracking
28226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28228 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28237 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28238 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28239 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28243 \begin_inset Space ~
28246 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28248 \begin_inset Space ~
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28266 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28269 \begin_inset Space ~
28273 \begin_inset Space ~
28286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28309 \begin_layout Standard
28310 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28317 \begin_inset Graphics
28318 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 \begin_inset Tabular
28347 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28348 <features islongtable="true">
28349 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28350 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 \begin_inset Graphics
28357 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28360 rotateOrigin center
28369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28377 \begin_inset Space ~
28380 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28382 \begin_inset Space ~
28391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28396 \begin_inset Graphics
28397 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28400 rotateOrigin center
28409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28417 \begin_inset Space ~
28420 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28422 \begin_inset Space ~
28426 \begin_inset Space ~
28430 \begin_inset Space ~
28439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28444 \begin_inset Graphics
28445 filename ../images/change-next.png
28447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28448 rotateOrigin center
28457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28461 Jumps to the next change
28467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_inset Graphics
28473 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28476 rotateOrigin center
28485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28493 \begin_inset Space ~
28496 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28498 \begin_inset Space ~
28507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28512 \begin_inset Graphics
28513 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28516 rotateOrigin center
28525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28533 \begin_inset Space ~
28536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28538 \begin_inset Space ~
28547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28552 \begin_inset Graphics
28553 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28556 rotateOrigin center
28565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28573 \begin_inset Space ~
28576 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28578 \begin_inset Space ~
28587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28592 \begin_inset Graphics
28593 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28596 rotateOrigin center
28605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28613 \begin_inset Space ~
28616 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28618 \begin_inset Space ~
28622 \begin_inset Space ~
28631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28636 \begin_inset Graphics
28637 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28640 rotateOrigin center
28649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28657 \begin_inset Space ~
28660 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28662 \begin_inset Space ~
28666 \begin_inset Space ~
28675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28680 \begin_inset Graphics
28681 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28684 rotateOrigin center
28693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28700 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28702 \begin_inset Space ~
28711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 \begin_inset Graphics
28717 filename ../images/note-next.png
28719 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28720 rotateOrigin center
28729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28735 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28737 \begin_inset Space ~
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28762 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28763 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28764 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28765 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28766 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28767 step to the next change.
28768 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28773 to describe a change.
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28784 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28792 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28799 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28802 \begin_layout Section
28803 International Support
28807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28808 International support
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28817 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28818 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28819 how to set up LyX to use them:
28820 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28822 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28830 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28831 \begin_inset Space ~
28835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28837 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28844 \begin_layout Subsection
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28860 Document ! Settings
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 Document ! Language
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28881 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28884 dialog lets you set
28886 the language and character encoding for your language.
28890 \begin_layout Standard
28891 Choose your language in the
28895 section of this dialog.
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28908 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28912 use language's default encoding
28914 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28915 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28916 \begin_inset Space ~
28920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28922 reference "sub:Settings"
28929 \begin_layout Subsection
28930 Keyboard mapping configuration
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28935 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28936 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28937 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28938 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28940 \begin_inset Space ~
28944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28946 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28951 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28952 which one you want to use.
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28957 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28958 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28959 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28960 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28961 one to support the characters you want.
28962 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28969 \begin_layout Subsection
28971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28982 \begin_inset Space ~
28986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28988 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28997 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29002 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29003 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29011 \begin_layout Itemize
29012 Even if you have selected
29018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29021 dialog, users who have only the
29025 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29029 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29030 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29031 french quotes won't show up.
29034 \begin_layout Standard
29035 \begin_inset Float table
29040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29041 \begin_inset Caption
29043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29046 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 \begin_inset Tabular
29065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29069 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29070 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29075 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29077 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29080 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 \begin_layout Standard
33497 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33499 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33500 also the characters from
33512 \begin_layout Itemize
33521 \begin_layout Standard
33522 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33523 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33529 \begin_layout Standard
33530 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33531 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33537 \begin_layout Standard
33538 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33539 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33545 \begin_layout Standard
33546 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33547 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33555 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33561 \begin_layout Standard
33563 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33571 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33578 \begin_layout Itemize
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33593 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33599 \begin_layout Standard
33601 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33607 \begin_layout Standard
33609 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33615 \begin_layout Standard
33617 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33623 \begin_layout Standard
33625 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33631 \begin_layout Standard
33633 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33640 \begin_layout Standard
33641 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33642 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33643 Also make sure you're using the
33650 \begin_layout Chapter
33653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33655 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33662 \begin_layout Standard
33663 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33664 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33665 inside the user's guide.
33668 \begin_layout Section
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 \begin_layout Standard
33687 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33688 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33691 \begin_layout Subsection
33695 \begin_layout Standard
33696 Creates a new document.
33699 \begin_layout Subsection
33703 \begin_layout Standard
33704 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33705 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33706 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33709 \begin_layout Subsection
33713 \begin_layout Standard
33717 \begin_layout Subsection
33721 \begin_layout Standard
33722 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33723 Click there on a file to open it.
33726 \begin_layout Subsection
33730 \begin_layout Standard
33731 Closes the current document.
33734 \begin_layout Subsection
33738 \begin_layout Standard
33739 Saves the actual document.
33742 \begin_layout Subsection
33746 \begin_layout Standard
33747 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33750 \begin_layout Subsection
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33755 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33758 \begin_layout Subsection
33762 \begin_layout Standard
33763 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33764 It is described in the section
33766 Version Control in LyX
33771 \begin_inset Space ~
33779 \begin_layout Subsection
33783 \begin_layout Standard
33784 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33785 text files (ASCII-files).
33786 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33790 When using the menu
33793 \begin_inset Space ~
33797 \begin_inset Space ~
33802 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33803 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33804 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33805 will start a new paragraph.
33808 \begin_layout Subsection
33810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33819 \begin_layout Standard
33820 You can export your document to various file formats.
33821 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33822 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33823 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33826 \begin_layout Standard
33827 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33829 \begin_inset Space ~
33833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33835 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33842 \begin_layout Description
33846 \begin_inset Space ~
33851 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33852 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33855 \begin_layout Description
33863 \begin_layout Description
33864 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33868 \begin_layout Description
33870 \begin_inset Space ~
33874 \begin_inset Space ~
33877 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33881 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33889 \begin_layout Description
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33904 \begin_inset Space ~
33909 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33910 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33914 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33917 \begin_layout Description
33924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 \begin_inset Space ~
33937 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33938 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33946 \begin_layout Description
33948 \begin_inset Space ~
33951 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33959 is replaced by the version number)
33962 \begin_layout Description
33963 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33976 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33980 \begin_layout Description
33985 PDF-format using the program
33990 \begin_layout Description
33994 \begin_inset Space ~
33999 PDF-format using the program
34004 \begin_layout Description
34008 \begin_inset Space ~
34013 PDF-format using the program
34018 \begin_layout Description
34022 \begin_inset Space ~
34030 \begin_layout Description
34034 \begin_inset Space ~
34038 \begin_inset Space ~
34043 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34044 and then exported as text using the program
34049 \begin_layout Description
34054 PostScript format using the program
34059 \begin_layout Description
34067 \begin_layout Standard
34072 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34073 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34079 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34082 \begin_layout Standard
34083 If one of the menu entries
34090 \begin_inset Space ~
34099 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34100 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34101 \begin_inset Space ~
34105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34107 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 Reconfiguration of LyX
34124 \begin_layout Standard
34129 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34130 the export program.
34133 \begin_layout Subsection
34137 \begin_layout Standard
34138 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34139 or send it to a printer.
34140 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34141 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34147 For more informations have a look at section
34148 \begin_inset Space ~
34152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34154 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34161 \begin_layout Subsection
34162 New and Close Window
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34166 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34167 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34170 \begin_layout Section
34175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34184 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34189 Described in section
34190 \begin_inset Space ~
34194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34196 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34203 \begin_layout Subsection
34204 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34207 \begin_layout Standard
34208 Described in section
34209 \begin_inset Space ~
34213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34215 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34222 \begin_layout Subsection
34226 \begin_layout Standard
34227 Selects the whole document.
34230 \begin_layout Subsection
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34235 Described in section
34236 \begin_inset Space ~
34240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34242 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34249 \begin_layout Subsection
34250 Move paragraph Up/Down
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34254 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34258 \begin_layout Subsection
34262 \begin_layout Standard
34263 Described in section
34264 \begin_inset Space ~
34268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34270 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34277 \begin_layout Subsection
34282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34283 Paragraph ! Settings
34291 \begin_layout Standard
34292 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34294 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34297 \begin_layout Standard
34298 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34299 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34308 \begin_inset Space ~
34316 \begin_layout Subsection
34320 \begin_layout Standard
34321 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34322 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34323 The properties of tables are described in section
34324 \begin_inset Space ~
34328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34330 reference "sec:Tables"
34334 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34335 \begin_inset Space ~
34339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34341 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34348 \begin_layout Subsection
34349 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34352 \begin_layout Standard
34353 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34355 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34356 \begin_inset Space ~
34360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34362 reference "sec:Nesting"
34367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34369 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34376 \begin_layout Section
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34390 \begin_layout Standard
34395 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34396 document with an external program.
34397 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34398 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34399 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34400 \begin_inset Space ~
34404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34406 reference "sub:Export"
34411 You should at least see the menu entries
34418 \begin_inset Space ~
34424 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34425 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34426 \begin_inset Space ~
34430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34432 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34441 Reconfiguration of LyX
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34451 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34452 \begin_inset Space ~
34456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34458 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34463 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34466 \begin_layout Standard
34467 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34470 At the bottom of the
34474 menu the opened documents are listed.
34477 \begin_layout Subsection
34481 \begin_layout Standard
34482 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34484 \begin_inset Space ~
34488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34490 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34497 \begin_layout Subsection
34501 \begin_layout Standard
34502 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34503 opening a new view window.
34506 \begin_layout Subsection
34508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34510 name "sub:Toolbars"
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 \begin_layout Standard
34528 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34529 All toolbars and the
34532 \begin_inset Space ~
34537 can be turned on and off.
34542 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34554 \begin_inset Space ~
34563 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34567 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34579 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34583 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34584 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34585 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34586 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34587 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34592 \begin_inset Space ~
34596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34598 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34605 \begin_layout Section
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 \begin_layout Subsection
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34624 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34625 \begin_inset Space ~
34629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34631 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34638 \begin_layout Subsection
34640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34642 name "sub:Special-Character"
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 Here you can insert the following characters:
34653 \begin_layout Description
34654 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34658 \begin_layout Description
34660 \begin_inset Space ~
34664 \begin_inset Space ~
34667 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34668 \begin_inset Space ~
34672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34674 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34681 \begin_layout Description
34683 \begin_inset Space ~
34686 Quote Inserts this quote:
34687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34690 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34692 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34702 \begin_layout Description
34704 \begin_inset Space ~
34707 Quote Inserts this quote:
34708 \begin_inset Quotes els
34714 \begin_layout Description
34716 \begin_inset Space ~
34719 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34723 \begin_layout Description
34725 \begin_inset Space ~
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34743 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34748 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34749 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34750 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34765 \begin_inset Newline newline
34768 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34780 and this Wiki-page:
34781 \begin_inset Newline newline
34785 \begin_inset Flex URL
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34798 \begin_layout Subsection
34802 \begin_layout Standard
34803 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34806 \begin_layout Description
34807 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34808 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34814 \begin_layout Description
34815 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34816 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34822 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset Space ~
34827 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34828 \begin_inset Space ~
34832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34834 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34841 \begin_layout Description
34843 \begin_inset Space ~
34846 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34847 \begin_inset Space ~
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34853 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset Space ~
34865 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34866 \begin_inset Space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34879 \begin_layout Description
34881 \begin_inset Space ~
34884 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34885 \begin_inset Space ~
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34891 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34898 \begin_layout Description
34900 \begin_inset Space ~
34903 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34904 \begin_inset Space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34917 \begin_layout Description
34919 \begin_inset Space ~
34922 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34923 \begin_inset Space ~
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34936 \begin_layout Description
34938 \begin_inset Space ~
34941 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34942 \begin_inset Space ~
34946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34948 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34955 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_inset Space ~
34960 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34961 \begin_inset Space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34974 \begin_layout Description
34976 \begin_inset Space ~
34979 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34980 \begin_inset Space ~
34984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34986 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34993 \begin_layout Description
34995 \begin_inset Space ~
34998 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34999 \begin_inset Space ~
35003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35005 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35012 \begin_layout Description
35014 \begin_inset Space ~
35017 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35018 \begin_inset Space ~
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35024 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35031 \begin_layout Description
35033 \begin_inset Space ~
35037 \begin_inset Space ~
35040 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35041 \begin_inset Space ~
35045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35047 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35054 \begin_layout Subsection
35058 \begin_layout Standard
35059 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35060 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35062 \begin_inset Space ~
35066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35068 reference "sec:toc"
35073 The index list is described in section
35074 \begin_inset Space ~
35078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35080 reference "sec:Index"
35084 , the nomenclature in section
35085 \begin_inset Space ~
35089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35091 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35095 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35096 \begin_inset Space ~
35100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35102 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35109 \begin_layout Subsection
35113 \begin_layout Standard
35114 To insert floats, described in section
35115 \begin_inset Space ~
35119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35121 reference "sec:Floats"
35128 \begin_layout Subsection
35132 \begin_layout Standard
35133 To insert notes, described in section
35134 \begin_inset Space ~
35138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35140 reference "sec:Notes"
35147 \begin_layout Subsection
35151 \begin_layout Standard
35152 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35153 \begin_inset Space ~
35157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35159 reference "sec:Branches"
35166 \begin_layout Subsection
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35181 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35182 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35193 \begin_layout Subsection
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35208 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35209 \begin_inset Space ~
35213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35215 reference "sec:Minipages"
35220 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35235 \begin_layout Standard
35236 Inserts a citation as described in section
35237 \begin_inset Space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35250 \begin_layout Subsection
35254 \begin_layout Standard
35255 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35256 \begin_inset Space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35269 \begin_layout Subsection
35273 \begin_layout Standard
35274 Inserts a label as described in section
35275 \begin_inset Space ~
35279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35281 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35288 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 Longtables ! Caption
35312 \begin_layout Standard
35313 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35314 Floats are described in section
35315 \begin_inset Space ~
35319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35321 reference "sec:Floats"
35325 , cations in longtables are described in section
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35341 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35342 \begin_inset Space ~
35346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35348 reference "sec:Index"
35355 \begin_layout Subsection
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35360 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35361 \begin_inset Space ~
35365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35367 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35374 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35380 Tables are described in section
35381 \begin_inset Space ~
35385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35387 reference "sec:Tables"
35394 \begin_layout Subsection
35398 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Graphics are described in section
35401 \begin_inset Space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sec:Graphics"
35414 \begin_layout Subsection
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35420 \begin_inset Space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sec:URL"
35433 \begin_layout Subsection
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35438 Inserts a footnote, see section
35439 \begin_inset Space ~
35443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35445 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35452 \begin_layout Subsection
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35457 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35458 \begin_inset Space ~
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35464 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35471 \begin_layout Subsection
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35476 Inserts a short title, see section
35477 \begin_inset Space ~
35481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35483 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35490 \begin_layout Subsection
35494 \begin_layout Standard
35495 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35496 \begin_inset Space ~
35500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35502 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35509 \begin_layout Subsection
35514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 \begin_layout Standard
35524 Inserts a program listings box.
35525 Program listings are explained in chapter
35527 Program Code Listings
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35541 Inserts the actual date.
35542 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35544 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35554 There the different methods are also compared.
35557 \begin_layout Section
35562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35572 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35573 the current document.
35574 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 The Navigate menu also offers to
35581 \begin_layout Subsection
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35586 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35587 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35590 \begin_inset Space ~
35594 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35595 \begin_inset Space ~
35598 2.5 and use the menu
35601 \begin_inset Space ~
35605 \begin_inset Space ~
35612 \begin_inset Space ~
35618 \begin_inset Space ~
35622 \begin_inset Space ~
35628 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35642 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35645 \begin_layout Subsection
35646 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35649 \begin_layout Standard
35650 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35654 \begin_layout Subsection
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35660 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35661 on a cross-reference box.
35664 \begin_layout Section
35669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Change Tracking is described in section
35684 \begin_inset Space ~
35688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35690 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35697 \begin_layout Subsection
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 \begin_layout Standard
35713 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35715 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35718 \begin_layout Standard
35719 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35724 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35727 \begin_layout Subsection
35731 \begin_layout Standard
35732 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35733 \begin_inset Space ~
35737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35739 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35746 \begin_layout Subsection
35747 Start Appendix Here
35750 \begin_layout Standard
35751 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35752 position as described in section
35753 \begin_inset Space ~
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35759 reference "sec:Appendices"
35766 \begin_layout Subsection
35770 \begin_layout Standard
35771 Un/compresses the actual document.
35774 \begin_layout Subsection
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35778 name "sub:Settings"
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35787 Document ! Settings
35795 \begin_layout Standard
35796 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35798 You can save your document settings as default with the
35800 Save as Document Defaults
35802 button in the dialog.
35803 This will create a template named
35807 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35811 \begin_layout Standard
35812 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35815 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35819 \begin_layout Standard
35820 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35821 Document classes are described in section
35822 \begin_inset Space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35833 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35838 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35839 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35842 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35846 \begin_layout Standard
35847 The document font settings are described in section
35848 \begin_inset Space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35861 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35865 \begin_layout Standard
35866 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35868 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35872 \begin_layout Standard
35873 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35874 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35875 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35878 \begin_layout Standard
35879 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35887 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35891 \begin_layout Standard
35892 A description of this menu is given in section
35893 \begin_inset Space ~
35897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35899 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35906 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35913 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35917 \begin_layout Standard
35918 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35919 \begin_inset Space ~
35923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35925 reference "sub:Margins"
35932 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35938 Language ! Encoding
35946 \begin_layout Standard
35947 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35948 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35949 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35950 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35951 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35952 known for a particular character).
35956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35958 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35963 manual for details.
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 If you use the option
35974 use language's default encoding
35976 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35978 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35979 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35980 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35981 exactly one encoding.
35982 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35992 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35994 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36009 \begin_layout Standard
36010 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36011 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36012 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36013 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36014 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36015 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36018 use language's default encoding
36020 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36021 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36022 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36029 \begin_layout Description
36031 \begin_inset Space ~
36036 use language's default encoding
36038 , but the LaTeX-package
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36053 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36056 \begin_layout Description
36057 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36060 \begin_layout Description
36061 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36062 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36073 \begin_layout Description
36074 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36077 \begin_layout Description
36078 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36081 \begin_layout Description
36082 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36085 \begin_layout Description
36086 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36087 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36090 \begin_layout Description
36091 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36092 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36095 \begin_layout Description
36096 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36103 \begin_layout Description
36104 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36107 \begin_layout Description
36108 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36111 \begin_layout Description
36112 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36113 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36114 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36118 \begin_layout Description
36119 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36120 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36123 \begin_layout Description
36124 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36128 \begin_layout Description
36129 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36132 \begin_layout Description
36133 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36134 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36137 \begin_layout Description
36138 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36139 the euro currency sign, the
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36153 be the replacement for latin1
36156 \begin_layout Description
36157 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36160 \begin_layout Description
36161 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36175 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36178 \begin_layout Description
36179 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36183 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36186 \begin_layout Description
36187 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36196 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36201 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36204 \begin_layout Description
36205 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36209 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36218 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36233 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36237 \begin_layout Standard
36238 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36240 \begin_inset Space ~
36244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36246 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36253 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36258 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36265 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36281 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36287 For a further description see section
36288 \begin_inset Space ~
36292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36294 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36301 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36306 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36327 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36334 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36342 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36343 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36346 \begin_layout Standard
36351 is used for special integral characters.
36354 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36358 \begin_layout Standard
36359 The float placement options are described in section
36360 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36366 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36373 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36377 \begin_layout Standard
36378 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36379 The itemize environment is described in section
36380 \begin_inset Space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sec:Itemize"
36393 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Branches are described in section
36399 \begin_inset Space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sec:Branches"
36412 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36428 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36429 to define LaTeX-commands.
36430 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36431 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36437 \begin_inset Space ~
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36450 \begin_layout Section
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 Spell checking is explained in section
36470 \begin_inset Space ~
36474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36476 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36483 \begin_layout Subsection
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 The thesaurus is described in section
36489 \begin_inset Space ~
36493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36495 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36502 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36516 \begin_layout Standard
36517 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36521 \begin_layout Subsection
36526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 \begin_inset Note Note
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36559 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36567 \begin_layout Standard
36568 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 Reconfiguration of LyX
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36587 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36598 Reconfiguration of LyX
36602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36618 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36619 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36620 \begin_inset Space ~
36624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36626 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36633 \begin_layout Subsection
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36639 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36645 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36652 \begin_layout Section
36657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36667 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36671 \begin_layout Standard
36675 \begin_inset Space ~
36680 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36681 found by LyX (see also section
36682 \begin_inset Space ~
36686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36688 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36695 \begin_layout Section
36697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36699 name "sec:Toolbars"
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36708 \begin_inset Space ~
36712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36714 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36723 This is described in the
36731 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 \begin_inset Graphics
36747 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36757 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 \begin_inset Note Note
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36785 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36790 manual for more information.
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36799 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36805 \begin_layout Standard
36806 \begin_inset Tabular
36807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36808 <features islongtable="true">
36809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36816 \begin_inset Graphics
36817 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36832 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36846 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36854 \begin_inset Tabular
36855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36856 <features islongtable="true">
36857 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36858 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36866 \begin_inset Graphics
36867 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36896 \begin_inset Graphics
36897 filename ../images/file-open.png
36899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 \begin_inset Graphics
36927 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 \begin_inset Graphics
36957 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36986 \begin_inset Graphics
36987 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 \begin_inset Graphics
37017 filename ../images/undo.png
37019 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 \begin_inset Graphics
37047 filename ../images/redo.png
37049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37064 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37071 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37076 \begin_inset Graphics
37077 filename ../images/cut.png
37079 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37094 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37106 \begin_inset Graphics
37107 filename ../images/copy.png
37109 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37124 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 \begin_inset Graphics
37137 filename ../images/paste.png
37139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37166 \begin_inset Graphics
37167 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37170 rotateOrigin center
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37187 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37191 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37205 \begin_inset Graphics
37206 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37221 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37223 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37225 \begin_inset Space ~
37236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37241 \begin_inset Graphics
37242 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37259 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37261 \begin_inset Space ~
37272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 \begin_inset Graphics
37278 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37280 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 Formats text using the current settings in the
37295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37297 \begin_inset Space ~
37308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 \begin_inset Graphics
37314 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37332 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37334 \begin_inset Space ~
37343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 \begin_inset Graphics
37349 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37352 rotateOrigin center
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 \begin_inset Graphics
37380 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37383 rotateOrigin center
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37410 \begin_inset Graphics
37411 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37414 rotateOrigin center
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 Toggle outline window on/off,
37429 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 \begin_inset Graphics
37442 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37445 rotateOrigin center
37454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_inset Graphics
37470 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37473 rotateOrigin center
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37499 \begin_layout Subsection
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 \begin_layout Standard
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37524 \begin_layout Standard
37525 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37531 \begin_layout Standard
37532 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37536 \begin_layout Standard
37537 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37544 \begin_inset Tabular
37545 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37546 <features islongtable="true">
37547 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37548 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 \begin_inset Graphics
37555 filename ../images/layout.png
37557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37558 rotateOrigin center
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37586 rotateOrigin center
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37610 \begin_inset Graphics
37611 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37614 rotateOrigin center
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 \begin_inset Graphics
37639 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37642 rotateOrigin center
37651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37666 \begin_inset Graphics
37667 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37670 rotateOrigin center
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 \begin_inset Graphics
37695 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37698 rotateOrigin center
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37715 \begin_inset Space ~
37719 \begin_inset Space ~
37728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 \begin_inset Graphics
37734 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37736 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37737 rotateOrigin center
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37754 \begin_inset Space ~
37758 \begin_inset Space ~
37767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_inset Graphics
37773 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37791 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 \begin_inset Graphics
37804 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37822 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 \begin_inset Graphics
37835 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 \begin_inset Graphics
37865 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37894 \begin_inset Graphics
37895 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37924 \begin_inset Graphics
37925 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37944 \begin_inset Space ~
37953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset Graphics
37959 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37978 \begin_inset Space ~
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 \begin_inset Graphics
38023 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38026 rotateOrigin center
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38043 \begin_inset Space ~
38052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 \begin_inset Graphics
38058 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38076 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38078 \begin_inset Space ~
38087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 \begin_inset Graphics
38093 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38122 \begin_inset Graphics
38123 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 \begin_inset Graphics
38153 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38155 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 \begin_inset Graphics
38198 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38216 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38218 \begin_inset Space ~
38227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 \begin_inset Graphics
38233 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38235 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38236 rotateOrigin center
38245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38251 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38253 \begin_inset Space ~
38262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 \begin_inset Graphics
38268 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38270 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38271 rotateOrigin center
38280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38288 \begin_inset Space ~
38297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 \begin_inset Graphics
38303 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38306 rotateOrigin center
38315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38321 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38335 \begin_layout Subsection
38336 View / Update Toolbar
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 Toolbar ! View / Update
38349 \begin_layout Standard
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38359 \begin_layout Standard
38360 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38367 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38371 \begin_layout Standard
38372 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38378 \begin_layout Standard
38379 \begin_inset Tabular
38380 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38381 <features islongtable="true">
38382 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38383 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 \begin_inset Graphics
38390 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38393 rotateOrigin center
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 \begin_inset Graphics
38421 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38424 rotateOrigin center
38433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38440 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 \begin_inset Graphics
38453 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38456 rotateOrigin center
38465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38471 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38483 \begin_inset Graphics
38484 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38487 rotateOrigin center
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38503 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38510 functionality is merged with
38512 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 \begin_inset Graphics
38533 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38536 rotateOrigin center
38545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38551 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38558 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 \begin_inset Graphics
38564 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38567 rotateOrigin center
38576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38583 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38597 \begin_layout Subsection
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38603 \begin_inset Space ~
38607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38609 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38613 , the table toolbar
38617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 is explained in the
38630 \begin_layout Chapter
38636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38638 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38658 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38661 \begin_layout Section
38665 \begin_layout Subsection
38667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 Customization ! of toolbars
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38688 Customization ! of menus
38696 \begin_layout Standard
38697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38714 User Interface File
38718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38719 Customization ! of toolbars
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 Customization ! of menus
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38739 interface (ui) file.
38740 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38741 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38750 Both files are loaded by the
38755 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38756 files and edit the entries.
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38772 entries must be ended with an explicit
38797 and in the case of the
38798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38810 The syntax for the entries is:
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38844 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38847 All LyX-functions are listed in
38848 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38857 \begin_layout Standard
38858 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38864 \begin_layout Standard
38865 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38867 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38870 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38880 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38883 \begin_layout Standard
38885 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38888 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38905 \begin_layout Standard
38906 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38907 Several binding files are available:
38910 \begin_layout Description
38911 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38914 \begin_layout Description
38915 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38926 \begin_layout Description
38927 mac.bind set of bindings for
38930 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38939 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38943 , and bind files for special languages.
38944 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38954 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 Some bind-files, like
38963 , have only a small scope.
38964 When looking at the the end of the file
38968 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38973 s with a text editor.
38974 The syntax of the entries is:
38977 \begin_layout Standard
38983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39002 All LyX-functions are listed in
39003 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39016 \begin_layout Standard
39020 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39024 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39027 restore window size, or use fixed size
39029 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39037 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39041 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39044 restore window position
39046 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39049 \begin_layout Standard
39052 Restore cursor positions
39054 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39061 Load opened files from last session
39063 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39070 name "sub:Backup documents"
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39092 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39095 \begin_layout Standard
39100 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39103 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39105 \begin_inset Space ~
39113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39117 \begin_layout Standard
39120 Cursor follows scrollbar
39122 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39133 Enable Pixmap Cache
39135 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39136 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39137 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39138 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39140 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39141 \begin_inset Space ~
39147 \begin_layout Subsection
39152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39161 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39172 \begin_layout Standard
39173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 This section only deals with the fonts
39186 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39190 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39202 By default, LyX uses
39206 as roman (serif) font,
39214 (depends on the system) as
39217 \begin_inset Space ~
39233 \begin_layout Standard
39234 You can change the font size with the
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39246 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39247 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39249 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39252 points have the size of 1
39253 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39257 \begin_inset Space ~
39261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39263 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39270 \begin_layout Standard
39275 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39276 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39280 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39281 \begin_inset Space ~
39285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39287 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39294 \begin_layout Subsection
39299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39320 Choose an item in the list and use the
39327 \begin_layout Subsection
39332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39333 Settings ! Graphics
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39350 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39351 This feature is described in section
39352 \begin_inset Space ~
39356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39358 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39365 \begin_layout Subsection
39370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39389 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39396 \begin_layout Standard
39397 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39398 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39400 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39404 \begin_inset Space ~
39407 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39408 can use the keyboard map file named
39415 \begin_layout Standard
39416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39424 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39432 \begin_layout Section
39437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 Settings ! Directory
39456 \begin_layout Description
39458 \begin_inset Space ~
39461 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39462 It is the default when you
39473 \begin_inset Space ~
39481 \begin_layout Description
39483 \begin_inset Space ~
39486 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39488 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39490 \begin_inset Space ~
39494 \begin_inset Space ~
39502 \begin_layout Description
39504 \begin_inset Space ~
39511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39517 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39518 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39519 \begin_inset Space ~
39523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39525 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39533 will be used to save the backups.
39534 \begin_inset Newline newline
39537 The backup files have the ending
39538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39548 \begin_layout Description
39553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39560 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39561 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39562 \begin_inset Newline newline
39566 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39574 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39582 \begin_layout Description
39584 \begin_inset Space ~
39587 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39590 \begin_layout Description
39592 \begin_inset Space ~
39595 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39596 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39597 to find it on the system.
39598 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39599 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39601 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39605 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39608 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39609 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39613 \begin_layout Section
39617 \begin_layout Standard
39618 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39619 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39621 \begin_inset Space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39631 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39634 \begin_layout Section
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39640 Language ! Settings
39649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39650 Settings ! Language
39658 \begin_layout Subsection
39662 \begin_layout Description
39664 \begin_inset Space ~
39667 language is the language used in new documents
39670 \begin_layout Description
39672 \begin_inset Space ~
39675 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39677 The default is the LaTeX-command
39683 that loads the package
39691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39692 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39693 \begin_inset Space ~
39697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39699 reference "sec:ERT"
39709 \begin_inset Newline newline
39716 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39717 the document language.
39718 A text label is for instance the word
39719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39726 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39729 \begin_layout Description
39731 \begin_inset Space ~
39734 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39735 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39736 An example is the start command
39742 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39747 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39762 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39767 \begin_layout Description
39769 \begin_inset Space ~
39777 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39778 command toggles the package on and off.
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset Space ~
39793 \begin_layout Description
39794 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39795 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39796 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39797 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39804 \begin_layout Description
39806 \begin_inset Space ~
39809 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39811 When this option is not set, the
39814 \begin_inset Space ~
39819 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39820 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39823 \begin_inset Space ~
39831 \begin_layout Description
39833 \begin_inset Space ~
39839 \begin_inset Space ~
39845 When it is not set, the
39848 \begin_inset Space ~
39853 is set to the end of the document.
39856 \begin_layout Description
39858 \begin_inset Space ~
39862 \begin_inset Space ~
39865 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39866 language will be underlined blue.
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset Space ~
39875 \begin_inset Space ~
39879 \begin_inset Space ~
39883 \begin_inset Space ~
39886 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39890 \begin_layout Subsection
39894 \begin_layout Standard
39895 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39896 \begin_inset Space ~
39900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39902 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39909 \begin_layout Section
39913 \begin_layout Subsection
39915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39944 \begin_layout Description
39946 \begin_inset Space ~
39949 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39950 The name will be used when the
39955 \begin_inset Newline newline
39959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39967 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39976 \begin_layout Description
39978 \begin_inset Space ~
39982 \begin_inset Space ~
39986 \begin_inset Space ~
39989 printer This option works only for the
39994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40006 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40007 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40010 \begin_layout Description
40012 \begin_inset Space ~
40015 command is the command LyX
40016 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40020 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40023 LaTeX uses for printing.
40024 The default is on most systems
40031 \begin_layout Description
40033 \begin_inset Space ~
40037 \begin_inset Space ~
40040 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40041 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40042 of the program that provides the
40049 \begin_layout Subsection
40054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40065 Settings ! Date format
40073 \begin_layout Standard
40074 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40075 \begin_inset Newline newline
40079 \begin_inset Flex URL
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40090 \begin_inset Newline newline
40093 For example the format
40094 \begin_inset Newline newline
40098 \begin_inset Newline newline
40101 prints the date as day/month/year.
40104 \begin_layout Subsection
40108 \begin_layout Description
40110 \begin_inset Space ~
40114 \begin_inset Space ~
40117 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40120 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40121 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40123 \begin_inset Space ~
40129 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40133 \begin_layout Description
40135 \begin_inset Space ~
40138 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40143 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40144 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40147 \begin_layout Subsection
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40162 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40179 \begin_layout Description
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40192 \begin_inset Space ~
40195 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40200 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40222 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40235 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40236 LyX sets up in the background.
40237 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40240 \begin_layout Description
40242 \begin_inset Space ~
40246 \begin_inset Space ~
40249 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40254 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40257 \begin_layout Description
40259 \begin_inset Space ~
40263 \begin_inset Space ~
40267 \begin_inset Space ~
40271 \begin_inset Space ~
40275 \begin_inset Space ~
40279 \begin_inset Space ~
40282 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40287 dialog when changing the document class.
40290 \begin_layout Standard
40293 External Applications
40295 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40296 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40297 manuals of the applications.
40298 Currently the following commands can be set:
40301 \begin_layout Description
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40314 \begin_inset Space ~
40317 command Command for the program
40321 that is described in section
40332 \begin_layout Description
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40345 \begin_inset Space ~
40348 command Command for the program
40352 that generates the bibliography, see section
40353 \begin_inset Space ~
40357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40359 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40366 \begin_layout Description
40368 \begin_inset Space ~
40371 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40372 \begin_inset Space ~
40376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40378 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40385 \begin_layout Description
40387 \begin_inset Space ~
40391 \begin_inset Space ~
40395 \begin_inset Space ~
40399 \begin_inset Space ~
40402 options They only have an effect when the program
40406 is used as DVI-viewer.
40409 \begin_layout Subsection
40414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40438 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40441 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40443 uses the Windows path style:
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40454 \begin_layout Standard
40455 instead of the Unix path style:
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40462 \begin_layout Section
40467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40476 \begin_layout Standard
40477 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40478 from one format to another.
40479 You can modify them or create new ones.
40480 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40487 \begin_inset Space ~
40497 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40501 \begin_inset Space ~
40506 drop-down list, modify the
40510 field, and press the
40517 \begin_layout Standard
40520 Converter File Cache
40522 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40525 Maximum Age (in days
40528 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40529 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40532 \begin_layout Standard
40533 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40534 the converter definition, is described in section
40545 \begin_layout Section
40550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40559 name "sec:File-Formats"
40566 \begin_layout Standard
40567 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40568 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40570 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40578 \begin_inset Space ~
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40591 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40592 is described in section
40603 \begin_layout Section
40608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40617 \begin_layout Standard
40618 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40619 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40620 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40621 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40622 This is done by a Copier.
40625 \begin_layout Standard
40626 More about converters is described in section
40637 \begin_layout Chapter
40638 Units available in LyX
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40651 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40658 \begin_layout Standard
40659 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40662 reference "cap:Units"
40666 explains all units available in LyX.
40669 \begin_layout Standard
40670 \begin_inset Float table
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 \begin_inset Caption
40679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40703 \begin_inset Tabular
40704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40803 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40807 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40835 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 scaled point (65536
40859 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40863 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40887 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40891 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40915 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40919 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40923 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40951 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 % of original image width
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41163 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41167 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41188 \begin_layout Chapter
41190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41199 \begin_layout Standard
41200 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41201 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41204 \begin_layout Itemize
41207 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41210 \begin_layout Itemize
41216 \begin_layout Itemize
41222 \begin_layout Itemize
41228 \begin_layout Itemize
41234 \begin_layout Itemize
41240 \begin_layout Itemize
41246 \begin_layout Itemize
41252 \begin_layout Itemize
41255 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41258 \begin_layout Itemize
41264 \begin_layout Itemize
41270 \begin_layout Itemize
41276 \begin_layout Itemize
41282 \begin_layout Itemize
41288 \begin_layout Itemize
41294 \begin_layout Itemize
41300 \begin_layout Itemize
41306 \begin_layout Itemize
41308 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41317 \begin_layout Standard
41318 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41321 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41328 \begin_layout Bibliography
41329 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41330 LatexCommand bibitem
41337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41340 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41345 \begin_inset Newline newline
41349 \begin_inset Flex URL
41352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41362 \begin_layout Bibliography
41363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41364 LatexCommand bibitem
41365 key "latexcompanion"
41369 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41371 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41374 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41377 \begin_layout Bibliography
41378 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41379 LatexCommand bibitem
41384 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41387 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41390 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41393 \begin_layout Bibliography
41394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41395 LatexCommand bibitem
41402 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41405 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41408 \begin_layout Bibliography
41409 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41410 LatexCommand bibitem
41422 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41425 \begin_layout Bibliography
41426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41427 LatexCommand bibitem
41433 \begin_inset Newline newline
41437 \begin_inset Flex URL
41440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41442 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41450 \begin_layout Bibliography
41451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41452 LatexCommand bibitem
41458 \begin_inset Newline newline
41462 \begin_inset Flex URL
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41475 \begin_layout Bibliography
41476 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41477 LatexCommand bibitem
41483 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41485 name "Documentation"
41486 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41495 \begin_inset Newline newline
41499 \begin_inset Flex URL
41502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41512 \begin_layout Bibliography
41513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41514 LatexCommand bibitem
41520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41522 name "Documentation"
41523 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41527 of the LaTeX-package
41535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41542 \begin_inset Newline newline
41546 \begin_inset Flex URL
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41559 \begin_layout Bibliography
41560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41561 LatexCommand bibitem
41567 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41569 name "Documentation"
41570 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41574 of the LaTeX-package
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41583 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41589 \begin_inset Newline newline
41593 \begin_inset Flex URL
41596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41606 \begin_layout Bibliography
41607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41608 LatexCommand bibitem
41614 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41616 name "Documentation"
41617 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41621 of the LaTeX-package
41629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41630 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41636 \begin_inset Newline newline
41640 \begin_inset Flex URL
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41645 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41653 \begin_layout Bibliography
41654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41655 LatexCommand bibitem
41661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41663 name "Documentation"
41664 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41668 of the LaTeX-package
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41677 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41683 \begin_inset Newline newline
41687 \begin_inset Flex URL
41690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41700 \begin_layout Bibliography
41701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41702 LatexCommand bibitem
41708 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41710 name "Documentation"
41711 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41715 of the LaTeX-package
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41730 \begin_inset Newline newline
41734 \begin_inset Flex URL
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41747 \begin_layout Bibliography
41748 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41749 LatexCommand bibitem
41755 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41758 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41762 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41763 \begin_inset Newline newline
41767 \begin_inset Flex URL
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41772 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41780 \begin_layout Bibliography
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41782 LatexCommand bibitem
41788 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41791 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41795 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41796 \begin_inset Newline newline
41800 \begin_inset Flex URL
41803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41813 \begin_layout Bibliography
41814 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41815 LatexCommand bibitem
41821 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41824 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41828 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41829 \begin_inset Newline newline
41833 \begin_inset Flex URL
41836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41846 \begin_layout Bibliography
41847 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41848 LatexCommand bibitem
41854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41857 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41861 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41862 \begin_inset Newline newline
41866 \begin_inset Flex URL
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41879 \begin_layout Bibliography
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41881 LatexCommand bibitem
41887 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41890 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41894 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41895 \begin_inset Newline newline
41899 \begin_inset Flex URL
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41904 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41912 \begin_layout Bibliography
41913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41914 LatexCommand bibitem
41920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41923 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41927 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41928 \begin_inset Newline newline
41932 \begin_inset Flex URL
41935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41945 \begin_layout Bibliography
41946 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41947 LatexCommand bibitem
41953 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41956 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41960 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41961 \begin_inset Newline newline
41965 \begin_inset Flex URL
41968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41978 \begin_layout Bibliography
41979 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41980 LatexCommand bibitem
41986 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41989 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41993 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41994 \begin_inset Newline newline
41998 \begin_inset Flex URL
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42011 \begin_layout Standard
42012 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 \begin_inset Note Note
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42056 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42057 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42058 bibliography is the second one:
42066 \begin_layout Standard
42067 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42068 LatexCommand bibtex
42069 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
42070 options "biblio/alphadin"
42077 \begin_layout Standard
42078 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42081 \begin_layout Standard
42084 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42085 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42090 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42091 LatexCommand printindex